maneuver control 1955

192

Click here to load reader

Upload: druidian

Post on 06-Jul-2018

258 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 1/192

 

D E P

A R TM E N T

O F T H E   A R M Y F I E LD

MA

NUA L

M N   U V R

DE

GR DED

B Y

A U T H O R I T Y

  1 5 1

U N L S S I R E

D

DEPARTME

NT O F   THE

ARMY • A U G U S T

9 5 5

Page 2: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 2/192

CHANGE S

DEP RTME

NT OF THE RMY

N o. 1 WASH

INGTON 25,

D. C ., 6 une

956

FM

 

105-5,18

ugus

t

1955,

is

ch

anged

as 

follows:

3

Umpire Miss io n s

 

6. The primary

missions of an umpire 

re

3)

To create realism by depictin

g

those hostile

gr

ound

sea,

and 

air

a

ctivities

whic

h should

 

compel

the individual

soldier

and

the 

unit

comm

ander from the

squa

up

to

take

action ma

ke

d

ecisions,

during a tac

tical

ex

ercise jus

t as they would

be compelled

to do in com

bat.

 

*

65 C

apture of Person

nel

 

*

. Prisoners of wa

r mu

st be

g

uarded properly

to

prevent

escape 

as

they 

would

be

in

an

actual

si

tuation

Page 3: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 3/192

/.

Added)

Capturing force

s

or

units should

sub

ject 

maneuver

prisoners

to

interrogation,

indoctrina

tion in Aggres

sor

forces

concepts and

expl

oitation in

res

pect to questionnaires,

broadcasts and written

stat

ements,

but

will not subject them

to

in

dignities

or

physical pressur

e. Captors w

ill remain responsible

f

or

the he

alth and welfa

re of

 

prison

ers

and

will not

endeavor by

undue

means

to

force

prisoners

to

violate

th

e Co

de of

Conduc

t. Commanders

 

a

nd 

umpires wil

l

ensure that realism is kept

within reasonable

 bounds.

In

consideri

ng the circumstances

o

capture,

proper

re

cognition w

ill be given

surprise, aggressiveness

 

stea

lth,

am

bush and mo

bility so th

at these factors are

tactically

rewarded in the play 

of the

exercise.

When

appropri

ate umpires will

 

incl

ude in 

their daily re

po

rts

the

following additio

nal

item

s:

  1) Acti

ons of prisoners

while under con

trol of

opposi

ng

force.

 2) Treatment accorded

  pris

oners by their

 

captors.

  3) Prisoner knowledge o

f provis

ions of

the

 

Code

of Con

duct

and

Geneva

 

C

onventions

of

12

August

1949.

  igu

res and 9

 

So

much of

figures

and

9 as

reads AN

/GRC-10 is  chang

ed to read

Page 4: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 4/192

 

P

P

E

N

D

IX

 

R

EF

E

R

E

N

CE

S

A

d

d

  t

he

 

f

ol

lo

w

i

ng

 re

fe

r

en

c

es

 

i

p

ro

p

e

r s

e

qu

e

n

ce

:

D

A

 P

a

m

 2

1

 7

1

 

T

h

U

. S

.

Fi

g

h

ti

ng

 

M

a

n

's

 C

o

de

 

T

O

 

2

1

 

1

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

 

C

od

e

 o

f

 

C

o

n

du

c

t

 

P

P

E

N

D

IX

 

I I

I

U

M

P

IR

E

 

T

R

 

IN

I

N

G

 

P

R

O

G

R

 

M

T

h

e

fo

ll

o

w

in

g

 

t

ra

in

i

n

th

e

se

 sp

e

c

ia

l

o

pe

r

ti

on

s

B

y

 O

r

d

er

 o

f

W

i

lb

e

r

M

.

 

B

ru

c

ke

r

 

Se

c

re

ta

r

of

 t

he

 A

r

m

y

:

M

A

X

W

E

L

L

  D

.

  T

A

Y

L

O

E

 

G

e

ne

r

al

 

U

n

ite

d

  S

ta

te

s

 A

r

m

y

 

O

ffi

ci

al

 

C

h

ie

f

 

o

f

 

St

a

ff

.

J

O

H

N

 A

.

  K

L

E

I

N

 

M

a

jo

r

 G

e

n

er

a

U

ni

te

d

 S

ta

te

s

 

A

rm

The 

Adjutant

General.

Page 5: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 5/192

O

t f

L Y

D

is

tr

ib

u

ti

o

n

Active 

Army 

T

ec

 

S

v

c

, D

A

 

(

1

B

r

ig

 

(

2

A

d

m

i

T

e

c

 

Sv

c

 

B

d

 

E

e

g

t

 2

)

(

1)

 

B

n

 

(2

)

 

H

q

 C

O

N

 

A

R

C

 (

6

0)

 

C

o

 

(

1)

 

A

rm

y

 A

A

 C

o

m

d

 

(5

F

t

 

C

(2

O

S

 

M

a

j

 C

o

m

d

 

5

G

e

n

 

B

r

 

S

v

c

 

S

c

OS 

ase

Comd 

3) 

5

)

 

L

o

C

o

m

d

 

3

A

R

W

C

 

(1

0

)

 

M

D

W

 

(

5

N

W

C

 

(

1

0

A

rm

i

e

5)

 

IC

A

F

 

(1

0

)

C

o

r

ps

 

3

P

M

S

T

 

1

D

i

3

)

 

M

i

lD

is

3

)

 

N

Q

 

S

ta

te

 

A

G

 

(6

)

  u

n

it

s

s

am

e

 

a

s

 

A

c

ti

ve

 

A

r

m

y

 

e

x

ce

p

t

a

ll

ow

an

c

e

 

i

s

o

n

e

 

c

o

p

y

 to

 e

a

ch

 

u

n

i

t.

 

U

S

A

R

 

Same

as 

Activ e  Army 

except

allowance 

one

c

o

p

y

 t

o

 e

ac

h

 

u

n

it

.

F

o

r

 ex

p

l

an

a

ti

o

n

 

o

f

 

a

b

b

re

v

i

at

io

n

s

 

u

se

d

, s

e

S

E

 

3

20

-

50

-

1

.

 

T

A

G

O

 

74

6

1C

  O R  

O F  

Page 6: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 6/192

 

FM

 

1

05

-5

,F

IE

LD

 

M

AN

U

A

D

EP

A

R

T

M

E

N

T

 O

F

 

T

H

E

 

A

R

M

Y

 

No. 

105-5 

WASH INGTON 

25,

D. 

C. 

ugust 

M

A

N

E

U

V

E

R

 

O

N

T

R

O

 

P

ar

a

gra

ph

P

ag

e

CH

A

P

TE

R

 

1

 

IN

T

R

O

D

U

C

T

I

O

N

.

__

_

_

_

__

 

1

-8

 

3

2.

UMPIRE 

ORGANIZATION 

S

e

ct

io

I.

  O

r

ga

ni

za

ti

on

 

a

nd

 

fu

n

ct

io

n

s o

f

th

e

 um

p

ir

g

ro

u

p_

_

_

__

_

_

9

-1

2

 

1

1

I

I. 

P

er

so

n

ne

l.

 

_

_

__

_

__

_

__

_

__

_

__

_

 

13

-2

3

 

17

I

II

U

m

pi

re

 

tr

ai

n

in

g_

_

_

__

_

__

_

__

_

  2

4

-2

2

2

IV

Id

en

t

if

ic

at

io

n

s._

_

_

__

_

_

,._

_

._

  2

7-

30

 

2

4

C

H

AP

T

ER

 

3

. U

M

PI

R

E

 C

O

N

T

R

O

L

, M

ET

H

 

O

D

S

PR

O

C

E

D

U

R

E

S

 

S

ec

tio

n

 

I.

  U

m

p

ire

 c

on

t

ro

l

__

_

__

__

_

__

_

__

31

-3

6

 

27

I

I.

  I

nf

a

nt

ry

 

a

ct

io

n_

_

__

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

  3

7

-3

8

3

2

II

I.

  A

r

m

or

ed

 

a

c

tio

n

_-

__

_

_

__

_

__

__

 

3

9-

4

1

3

9

I

V

A

r

til

le

ry

. __

__

_

__

_

_

__

_

_

__

_

  4

2-

4

41

V

.

S

p

ec

ia

l o

pe

ra

ti

on

 

a

nd

 st

af

f

um

 

p

ir

es

.

_

__

_

__

_

__

__

_

__

_

__

__

_

  47

-5

2

 

4

8

V

I

. R

e

co

rd

s

 

a

nd

 

re

p

or

ts

 

_

_

__

_

__

__

_

 

53

-5

5

 

55

CHAPTER 

4. FIRE 

POWER 

AND 

LOSS

A

SS

E

S

S

M

E

N

T

Se

ct

io

n

  I

. F

ir

e

po

w

e

r._

_

__

_

__

_

__

_

__

__

_

_

5

6-

64

 

5

8

t

er

ie

l-_

_

_

__

-_

-_

_

__

_

__

_

__

_

_

6

5

-6

6

 

75

II

I.

C

a

su

a

lty

 

a

nd

  d

am

a

ge

 

a

ss

es

s-

m

en

t

__

_

__

_

__

-

__

_

--

__

_

_-

_

.

6

7-

77

 

7

8

IV.

Obstacles 

and delay

s.

 _

_

__

_

__

_

78

,7

9

 

95

C

H

AP

T

ER

 

5.

C

O

M

M

U

N

I

C

A

T

IO

N

S

 

A

N

D

T

R

A

N

SP

O

R

T

A

T

IO

N

-..

__

_

 

8

0-

89

 

1

03

Page 7: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 7/192

  ara

graphs

age

APPENDIX   I. RE

FERENCE

S.. _

______

112

If.

UMPIR

E PLAN

NING

GUID

E— — — —

 

..—

----

- 11

4

III. UMP

IRE

TRAIN

ING PRO

 

GRAM

-.-..---..-_

_______

 

__

--_

141

IV.

SAFETY

PREC

AUTION

S-__ -__-_ 1

44

V . T

HE

FI

RE POWER C

OM

PUTER

-———

-----------

 

148

VI.

THE CHEMI

CAL

CA

SUAL

TY

C O M P

UTER. .— —. .

157

VII.

PREPARING 

AND

USING

i

THE ATO

MIC W E APO

NS

EFFEC

TS 

O

VERLAY

S..—

167

Page 8: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 8/192

C H A P T E R

IN T RO D U CT IO N

1 Purpose

This

manual

is

designed as

a guide

for

use

in um

piring

tactical

exercises.

2 Application

and

S c o p e

This manual is specifically applicable to

umpiring

tactical exercises

in

which

Aggressor,

the maneuver

enemy,

is used

to furnish logical and realistic opposi

tion for United

States

troops. It contains the mis

sions

of

the umpire, the

organization

and functions

of an umpire group, methods of umpiring, umpire

training, umpire communications, and

transporta

tion. It also sets forth methods and procedures for

controlling the operations

of

one

or

both of the

op

posing forces

in order

to accomplish

the purpose or

objectives

of

the

exercise.

In

any

tactical

exercise,

regardless

of

the size

or

type of participating units

or

whether

or not an actual Aggressor enemy

is

em

ployed, the principles set forth herein should be ad

hered to

and the

procedures

modified only when the

scale and type

of

the

exercise

and

facilities

available

so

dictate.

3 Umpire Missions

a The umpire system is designated to provide

a

media through which the exercise director can in-

Page 9: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 9/192

fluence

 the op

erations of th

e o

pposing forces.

The

re

for

e, the u

mpire syste

m

must provid

e the exe

rcise

d

irector w

ith curre

nt infor

mation

on the d

isposi

ti

ons,

oper

ations, plans,

and other

 activ

ities of all

 

parti

cipating 

units.

6 . 

The prima

ry

m

issions o

f an umpir

e are—

(1)

To report,

as directe

d, all curren

t a

nd

pla

nned activ

ities of the

unit

s to which

assigned

.

(2)

To

determin

e and

por

tray th

e

effects of 

movem

ent, dis

position,

and fire p

ower on

the de

velopmen

t

o

f a ta

ctical s

ituation by

 

th

e assessm

ent of lo

gical los

ses in

 personn

el

a

nd

mat

erial

and

 

the

anno

uncement

 

of the

resu

lting

dec

isions affecting

,the

immedia

te

op

erations of

either or both

of the

opposing

 

forces.

(3)

To cr

eate realism

 by depict

ing tho

se hosti

le

gro

und, sea, 

and

air

acti

vities whic

h .should

compel

the  i

ndividua

l soldi

er

a

nd the un

it

com

mander from

the squ

ad

up, to ta

ke

ac

tion

 or

mak

e decis

ions du

ring a

 

tactic

al ex

ercise

just

as

they

would

be 

compelled

to

do

in

combat.

(4) Wh

en direct

ed by the off

icer

responsi

ble for

t

he

preparati

on and

 conduct

of

 

the

exe

rcise,

t

critiq

ue the

ope

rations, and 

to repor

t

o

n

t

he pro

ficiency of

the unit

for

which he 

is

umpire.

4 Objective

of 

Any Ta

ctical Exerc i

se

The objecti

ve of a

ny ta

ctical exerci

se is

to

t

rain

tro

ops, staffs

and

 

co

mmander

s, and

to prepar

e them

Page 10: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 10/192

for com

bat operations.

For

effect

iveness, each

 

t

acti

cal

exercise m

ust have specific and

well-defined train

ing objectives.

5. Aggres sor th

e Maneuver

En e m y

a Ag

gressor, th

e

maneuver

enemy, with an

imagi

nary and fictiti

ous

n

ational backg

round

a

nd

history,

or

der

of bat

tle, uniform and insignia, lang

uage, cus

to

ms, basic philosophy, and

a soun

d

but decidedly

different

tactical doctr

ine, has  been dev

eloped to

provide

a

real,

liv

e maneuver enemy to opp

ose

Un

ited

States

 

For

ces

in

 all tactical exercises.

The detailed

organizatio

n,

doctrine a

nd

character

o

f aggr

essor

will provide

information on whi

ch

to base

intelli

gence

estim

ates for in

clusion

in the

exercise.

The

use of  Ag

gressor

as

th

e

maneuver enem

y will leave

little

to

the imagination 

of

the individual 

soldier

and

will

make

it

possible to acquain

t him with

th

e immediate and

overall

situation concerning

 

a

 

real

istic

ene

my (FM's

30-101, 30-102, 30-103, and

30-104).

Aggressor will be em

ployed in all

tac

tical exercises

h

eld in the

zone of 

interior. Else

where,

theater

commanders will

determine

whether 

or

not Aggressor

will be

use

d.

b The Aggressor

Cadre provides

a permanent

agency to d

evelop the

doctrine and 

techniques to

b

e

em

ployed

by A

ggressor, t

he 

maneuver ene

my. When

directed

by competent

authority, elements of

the

Aggress

or Cadre

will be made available

to

 

th

e

c

om

mander

res

ponsible for the prepa

ration and

conduct

of

designated tactical ex

ercises for 

the

purpose

 

of

 

ren

dering advice and

assistance on Aggressor

repre

sentation in

such

e

xercises (FM

30-104).

Page 11: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 11/192

6 Employment

of

Aggr

essor in Tactical E

x erc ises

a General

Aggresso

r

m

ay be e

mployed

in

any

type

tactical exercise. T

he Aggressor Forc

e may be

represented, outlined,  or 

imaginary,

and

its

opera 

tions

may be controlled

 

by

  the exercise dire

ctor or it

may

 

be free

to

react to

the 

o

perations

of the opposing

United S

tates Force  within

established limitations

as

to

mission, area, and

time availab

le, which are

appli

cable to both

  sides. Th

e

mann

er in w

hich

Aggressor

is

employed

in

a

tactical 

exercise

is

de

pende

nt upon the purpose a

nd type o

f

the exerc

ise

and is

normally determin

ed

b

y  the exercise

director.

It is em

phasized

th

at, in any tactica

l

exercise

, suffi

c

ient

Ag

gressor

strength must be

present in order

to

develop logical and reali

stic

situ

ations; therefore,

United

States  troop

units

of

the

size

and type

re 

quired must be provi

ded. These

United

Sta

tes troop

units

 must be

made avai

lable

to the Aggress

or Force

Com

mander 

e

arly

in the preexercise training

phase

 

so that

they can be

organized, uniformed,

equipped,

and

trained as p

rescribed in

appropriate 

Aggr

essor

field

manuals

(FM's

30-101,

30-102, 30-103, 30-104)

prior

to the start of

the tactical

phase

of

the exercise.

The training time

 

required

will vary with each

exer

cise. In t

he controlled exercise,

additio

nal

time mus

t

be

provided so that the

 

Aggr

essor Force ca

n rehearse

th

e preplanned

tactical operations on t

he actual ter

rain 

and

prepare 

neces

sary tactical pos

itions and

installa

tions. For

larger exercises the

time required

for such

training and rehearsals

 will

approximate

month.

Page 12: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 12/192

 

1

)

I

n

 th

o

se

 t

ac

t

ic

a

ex

e

rc

is

e

in

 

w

h

i

ch

 

th

e

 o

p

 

e

ra

ti

o

ns

 

o

t

he

 

A

g

g

re

s

so

r

 F

o

rc

e

 

a

r

e

c

o

n

trolled 

b

t

he

 

E

xe

r

ci

se

 D

i

re

c

to

r,

 

a

nd

 

t

he

 

U

n

it

e

S

ta

te

s

 

F

o

rc

e

 

is

 p

e

rm

it

te

d

 

fr

e

ed

o

m

 

o

f

 

op

e

ra

t

io

n

w

i

th

in

 

p

re

s

cr

ib

e

d

 li

m

it

at

io

n

s

 

e

st

ab

l

is

h

ed

 

b

y

 

th

e

 E

x

e

rc

i

se

 

D

ir

ec

t

or

,

u

m

 

p

i

re

fo

r

 th

e

 

U

n

ite

d

 

St

a

te

s

 F

o

r

ce

 

m

u

s

t

be

 

p

ro

v

id

e

d

I

n

 th

is

 

ty

p

ex

e

rc

is

e

 

th

e

 p

l

an

s

 

a

nd

 

ac

t

io

n

s o

f

 

th

e

 

U

n

ite

d

 S

ta

t

es

 

Fo

r

ce

 

C

om

 

m

a

nd

e

r

ar

e

 in

fl

u

en

c

ed

 

by

 

th

e

 

Exercise 

Di

re

c

to

r

 

b

p

l

ac

in

g

 

A

gg

r

e

ss

o

o

p

p

o

si

tio

n

 

a

ga

i

n

st

  U

n

ite

d

 

S

t

at

e

un

i

ts

 

in

 

a

  s

er

ie

s

 

o

s

it

u

at

io

n

s

 

d

es

ig

n

e

to

 a

c

co

m

p

l

is

t

he

 

ob

 

j

ec

ti

v

es

 

o

f

  t

h

ex

e

rc

is

e

.

U

m

p

ir

l

ia

is

o

te

am

s,

 

fir

e

  m

a

rk

e

te

a

m

s

, a

n

d

 

s

u

ch

 a

d

di

 

tional

umpires 

as 

are 

required

for the 

real 

is

ti

c

 

p

l

ay

 

o

f t

he

 

ex

e

rc

is

e

 s

h

ou

l

d b

e

 p

r

o

vi

d

ed

 

fo

r

 t

h

A

g

g

re

s

so

r

 F

o

rc

e

.

(2

T

h

e

 

A

g

g

re

s

so

r

 F

o

r

ce

 

C

o

m

m

a

n

de

r

 i

fu

r

 

n

is

h

ed

 co

m

p

l

et

e

in

f

or

m

a

ti

o

n

 

o

t

he

 U

n

it

e

d

S

t

a

te

s

F

o

rc

e

 d

i

sp

o

si

ti

o

ns

 a

n

d

p

la

n

s

 

in

 o

r

de

r

 

to 

more 

effectively 

present planned 

situa 

t

io

n

s

t

t

he

 U

n

i

te

d

 

S

ta

t

es

 

Fo

r

c

e.

  3

)

 

A

 

d

e

ta

il

e

d s

c

he

d

u

le

 

of

 e

v

e

nt

s,

 

o

r

c

on

t

ro

l

 

p

la

n

,

is

 p

u

bl

is

h

ed

 b

th

e

 ex

e

rc

i

se

 d

ir

ec

t

or

 

a

g

u

id

e

 f

o

th

e

 A

g

g

re

s

so

r

 

F

or

c

e C

om

m

an

d

e

r

a

n

t

h

c

h

ie

u

m

p

ir

e

T

h

c

o

n

tr

ol

 

p

l

an

 

contains a 

series 

of

situations 

designed 

to 

a

cc

o

m

p

li

sh

 

th

e

 

ob

j

ec

t

iv

es

 

of

 

t

h

e

x

e

rc

is

e

 

a

n

d

 

th

e

 s

p

ec

if

ic

 r

ol

o

f

 th

e

 

A

g

g

re

ss

o

F

or

c

in

 

e

a

ch

,

 i

n

cl

u

di

n

in

t

el

li

ge

n

c

ac

ti

v

it

ie

s,

 

a

n

d

pr

e

p

la

n

ne

d

 

s

pe

c

ia

l

o

p

er

a

ti

on

s

C

o

n

t

ro

l

Page 13: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 13/192

pla

ns mu

st be

flexibl

e and

capabl

e

of being 

a

djuste

d to meet

  c

hangin

g con

dition

s en 

count

ered 

durin

g th

e

de

velopm

ent

o

f  the

tac

tical situ

ation.

The

 um

pires

 

and

the

 Ag

gres

sor Fo

rce

shoul

d rehea

rse th

e

p

re 

pla

nned 

tactic

al ope

rations

 conta

ined

in the

cont

rol

plan on

the a

ctual te

rrain

pr

ior to

t

he

star

t o

f th

e

ex

ercise

.

(1)

In

th

ose tac

tical exe

rcises

  in 

which

 both

 

th

A

ggress

or Fo

rce an

d t

he

U

nited

States

 

Forc

are

 per

mitted

 freedo

of ope

ration

s

withi

n p

rescrib

ed

lim

itatio

ns 

esta

blishe

by

 

the exer

cise

directo

r,

umpir

es are

 requir

ed

for

 b

oth

si

des.

(2

) T

he umpire

 orga

nizatio

n should

 pr

ovide fo

r

u

nit

umpire

s, liaison

  tea

ms, fire m

arke

t

eams, a

nd

special

 um

pires

 as 

req

uired

for

bo

th the A

ggres

sor F

orce an

d th

e Unit

ed

Sta

tes Force

.

The deci

sion

as to 

the effect

 

of the

oppo

sition

 

on

 the

imme

diate tac

tical 

oper

ation

of eith

er o

b

otn

of the

opp

osing

fo

rces

is n

ormal

ly

m ade by

t

he

se

nior

Uni

ted

States  F

orce

un

it umpi

re inv

olved.

 

In

 a

s

pecific

ally

desig

nated

  situa

tion, 

howev

er,

the chi

ef um

pire 

may re

lieve

the un

it um

p

ire

of this

 

aut

hority

 an

d d

elegat

e

it

to

one 

or

m ore

u

mpire

 lia

ison  tea

ms

for

the

specifi

c situ

ation

only.

(3) T

he

e

xercis

e

direc

tor ass

igns mi

ssions

  to

both

the A

ggres

sor F

orce an

d th

e Unite

d

Sta

tes Fo

rce.

Page 14: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 14/192

(

4) Bo

th Ag

gresso

r Forces

  and

Un

ited States

 

F

orces

collect

and

 

p

rocess

 infor

mation

 and

devel

op th

eir own co

mbat in

telligen

ce

just

as the

y wou

ld

be

compel

led

to 

d

o

in 

combat.

The

exe

rcise

direc

tor furnish

es both

 f

orces

w

ith the in

forma

tion

and

intellig

ence

of the

ene

my that no

rmally

w

ould be

furnish

ed by

a hig

her hea

dquarte

rs.

7  R

ealism

 

in

Tac

t ical Exerc ise

s

Tactical

exercises

must

be 

carried

out

under 

c

onditio

ns

resemb

ling batt

le as n

early

as  pos

sible.

Unreal

istic tra

ining in

 

tactica

l

exe

rcises

lead

s to

 

exces

sive los

ses on the

ba

ttlefield

.

  . 

C

ontrol

 

durin

g a tactic

al exerci

se is

of

 

utmos

t

import

ance.

This con

trol

is

e

xercise

d b

y

m

eans

of

 

ump

ires 

assi

gned to

 the vario

us

units

and sp

ecial

activit

ies. E

very eff

ort

will

 

be

mad

e

to h

old

to a

 

m

inimum

 

th

e

emplo

yment of

flags

and oth

er prac

 

tice

s w

hich

tend to

prod

uce artif

iciality

. Inste

ad,

the

  umpire

 must

ve

rbally

paint th

battle pictur

e,

a

ssess casu

alties

and

damage

s, and

an

nounce

 

de

c

isions in

a m

anner

 

tha

t

will

 

provi

de the

 realis

tic

war

situation 

that

is

lacking due to

the 

absence

of

li

ve a

mmuni

tion. B

y  playi

ng the

 ga

me the u

mpire

c

an ass

ist in

 

in

stilling

 

combat

 

real

ism into

 

any

 

train

ing exerci

se.

A

tomic

  play

will

 

be

includ

ed  in

all

tactica

l

ex

ercises

when

  app

ropria

te. Ever

y e

ffort will

  be

mad

e to pe

rmit an

ato

mic 

attack

to have

 

its 

full

 

imp

act

o

n th

e exerc

ise in

 ord

er

t

o i

mpress

 

on 

com

 

man

ders and

 troops

 

the

m

agnitud

e

of its

 

eff

ects

on

all asp

ects 

o

f

plan

ning a

nd

op

eration

s. Thi

s requir

es

Page 15: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 15/192

pa

rticu

larly

 

for

ceful

 ac

tion o

n t

he p

art of

 um

pires

 

in r

equir

ing

unit

s  an

d  com

man

ders

to

p

lay 

the 

gam

e

w

hen 

they

 h

ave b

een  a

ssess

ed he

avy

casu

altie

s

and 

equ

ipme

nt dama

ge.

8 n

tellig

ence

 

Aspe

c t o f Ta

ct ica l

  E

xerc i

ses

A

ll tacti

cal 

exerc

ises 

shou

ld req

uire

the 

u

se of

 

ev

ery

as

pect of

c

omba

t

i

ntelli

genc

e from

 

the

 col

lec

ting

  an

d

rep

ortin

g of i

nform

atio

n by the

 

in

di

vidu

al

so

ldier

 

to

 

th

e

co

llecti

ng 

and 

proc

essin

g

o

f

information and 

intelligence 

by specialized

military 

intel

ligen

ce agenc

ies

and

per

sonne

l, and th

e di

ssemi

 

natio

n an

d use

 of

the

 

r

esult

ing

intell

igenc

e.

6.

 

T

he Ag

gres

sor 

Forc

e, par

ticul

arly in

 th

e con

tro

lled

exerc

ise,

by

cond

uctin

g  a

ctivi

ties

on

the

gr

ound

 and

 by

pr

ovidi

ng prep

ared p

riso

ners 

of

wa

r,

documents,

propaganda 

leaflets, traffic 

for 

radio 

in

te

rcep

t, and s

imul

ated 

de

ad, mak

es a

vaila

ble

e

noug

h

detai

led 

i

nform

atio

n to reali

stical

ly

pres

ent

an ov

er

all

 pictu

re o

the Ag

gress

or sit

uatio

to th

e Uni

ted

State

s F

orce

 inte

llige

nce

offic

ers, whe

n t

hey su

ccess

 

f

ully 

u

tilize

 th

e

a

genc

ies

avai

lable

 to them

.

The res

pons

ibilit

y o

f th

e indiv

idua

l

sold

ier t

o

col

lect

and

 r

eport

 m

ilita

ry infor

mati

on m

ust

be e

m

p

hasiz

ed th

roug

hou

t eac

h

ta

ctica

l

exer

cise.

A

ggre

ssor

 

d

octri

ne

emp

hasiz

es the

u

tiliz

ation

 

of clan

dest

ine in

telli

gence

, inclu

ding

e

spio

nage,

 sab

otage

, an

d  othe

r

sub

versi

ve ac

tions

. Secu

rity

con

 

sc

iousn

ess

of

the in

divid

ual

so

ldier

 

and

 

the 

inte

gra

tion  of 

counterintelligence activities

into 

the

man

euve

r plan

 

shou

ld also

 be

 stres

sed

in p

lanni

ng 

and

oper

ation

al phase

s.

 

Page 16: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 16/192

CHAPTER 2

UMPIRE ORGA

NIZATION

Sect ion   I ORGAN

IZATION 

AND

FUNCT

IONS

OF

  THE

UM P

IRE GROUP

9

Exerc ise

Direc to r

The

 

e

xercise dire

ctor

p

lans and

 

conducts

the exer

ci

se.

A

lthough he does not

 particip

ate

in

the

opera

tion

s of the op

posing forces,

he ac

ts as

the superior

commander

of

the

United

St

ates

Forces, and,

through

the Control Command,

as

Commander of the Aggr

es

sor

Forces and of

the

Umpire

Group.

He

presents

the

 

situation, 

initiates

and co

ordinates the planning 

f

or and executi

on of the t

actical

phase,

an

d

finally

terminates

the exercise. He conducts

 the final

 

cri

tique. In small tacti

cal exercis

es the exercise director

an

d chief umpire may

be

one

and the same person.

10

Organization

or

C o n t r o l

The exercise dire

ctor may con

trol the ma

neuver

by

 

eith

er

of

the following methods:

When t

he

maneuver

is

con

ducted as

outlined in

paragraph 6b,

use

of

a Con

trol

Command

is

d

esirable.

The Control C

ommand is

a maneuv

er

managem

ent

agency

for

the

exercise

director.

The

Aggressor 

Forces and

  the Um

pire

Grou

p are under

the

Contr

ol

Command. This co

mmand

ha

s

in addition

an Op-

 

Page 17: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 17/192

e

rat

ion

s  Sec

tion

 an

d a

sm

all

 A

dm

ini

stra

tiv

e S

ec

tion

 

t

o su

ppo

rt t

he Ag

gre

sso

r F

orc

es

an

U

mp

ire

 

G

ro

up

A

,

fig

.  1).

Th

e f

unc

tio

ns 

of 

the

 

C

on

tro

l Co

mm

an

are

as 

follows:

 1)

  Det

aile

p

lan

nin

g in

  acc

ord

an

ce 

wi

th

th

sce

nar

io

and

 

w

ith

 

ex

erc

ise

dir

ect

ive

s.

 

2) C

on

duc

t

of

th

Um

pir

e

S

ch

ool.

 3

) C

oo

rdin

ati

on o

f  A

gg

ress

or

F

orc

es a

nd

 th

e

Um

pi

re Gro

up

 wit

h th

e g

ene

ral

 

pla

n of

th

e

exercise.

 4)

  Co

nd

uct

 o

f r

equ

ired

 r

ehe

ars

als

 of

 Um

pi

re

G

rou

p

wit

A

gg

res

sor

 F

orc

es 

pri

or 

to

  the

 

st

art of

  th

e

e

xer

cise

.

 5

) C

olle

cti

on o

f i

nfo

rma

tio

n  a

nd

 

d

ata

  n

ee

ded

 

f

or 

t

he

com

ple

tio

n of

  the

 

exe

rci

se 

fina

l

re

por

t.

W

he

th

e man

eu

ver

 

is co

ndu

cte

as 

ou

tlin

ed

 

in 

pa

rag

rap

h 6c

, a

bov

e,

and

  frie

nd

ly 

Ag

gre

sso

F

or

ces

  ar

app

ro

xim

ate

ly 

eq

ua

l in

str

eng

th,

  the

  or 

ga

niz

atio

n  sh

ow

n

in B,

fi

gur

e

1,

i

s

m

ore

 

e

ffec

tive

.

f

this

organization

is

used,

the

functions outlined

in a, ab

ov

e,

bec

om

e

the

 

r

esp

ons

ibi

lity

 of

th

e e

xer

cise

 

di

rec

tor a

nd

  th

e ch

ief

  um

pi

re.

1

1

Um

pire

 G

rou

p

Th

org

ani

zat

ion

  of

  t

he

um

pire

 g

ro

up sh

own

 

in

 

fig

ure

 1  

is

 

in

ten

ded

 as

 a 

gui

de a

nd 

ma

y b

e m

od

ifie

d t

m

ee

t th

e req

uire

me

nts

 o

f a

 

p

art

icu

lar

exe

rcis

e.

T

he

 

c

hai

n of

 c

om

ma

nd fo

r u

nit u

mp

ire

s

par

alle

ls 

tha

t

o

f

th

e un

its

 

o

r h

ea

dqu

art

ers

 to 

wh

ich

 

th

ey

are

 

as

sig

ned

.

 

Page 18: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 18/192

12. Umpire  Group Headqua

rters

Commands

all

umpire

person

nel

.

Responsible for a

ll

umpire training

and

for

the 

umpiring

of the 

tactical

exercise.

Principal

assistant and advisor

to

t

he Chief Umpire. D

irects and co

ordinates the

work

of

 

the

various s

taff

s

ections.

Respo

nsible to

the C

hief

Umpire for 

umpiring

the army

 

phase of

the

exercise

and

for

army

umpire

training.

Respo

nsible to the Chief

Um

pire for

umpiring the air ph

ase of the exercise

an

d for air umpire

trainin

g.

Responsible to the Chief

Um

pire

f

or umpirin

g

the n

aval phase

of

 the exercise

and

fo

r nav

y umpire training.

/.

This

sectio

n

p

erforms administrative

and p

ersonnel

duties

fo

r

the

umpire group

 and

pr

ovides such assist

ance as

req

uired to the opera

tions and trainin

g

se

ction for

 

supervising the

umpiring

of

adm

inistrative activitie

s.

This

section, in conjun

c

tion 

with the Operations and

Training

Section,

su

pervises the umpir

ing of intelligenc

e

and co

unterin-

telligence

 

act

ivities and the

intelligence

training

 of

umpire

staff and unit

umpires. In addition

,

th

is 

section su

pervises  intel

ligence and counter

intelli-

gence

  funct

ions p

ertaining to the umpire

 

gro

up,

coordinates

the

security

policy

for

the umpire group,

and arra

nges

for p

ersonnel

and

equi

pment to provide

int

elligence

support for the umpire

group.

T

his sectio

n

plans,

coordinat

es, and superv

ises

the tra

ining and

13

Page 19: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 19/192

Page 20: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 20/192

 

D

M

 

Y

 

B

E

I

N

U

O

 

C

E

N

U

M

P

I

R

E

 

W

L

B

E

 

I

N

U

N

 

J

O

N

A

 

N

A

R

F

O

E

S

F

e

A

e

o

F

c

C

n

Page 21: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 21/192

operations of unit

umpires

a

nd ump

ire liaison teams.

During the tactica

l phas

e

of the

exercise

thi

s section

reviews

and analyzes

daily the various umpire

re

ports

and

comp

iles data

on errors and 

deficiencies

noted

for the

 

inform

ation of the

 

chief

umpire. It

pr

epares the final u

mpire

repor

t and

the

histor

ical

sum

mary  of umpire

activitie

s. It

gathers and

an

alyzes data with

reference to  atomic

play in th

e

exer

cise.

This

sec

tion

supervises the procurement and

issue 

of

umpire

supplies and e

quipment, and the

operation

of

the

umpire

motor

pool.

This section

 

al

so 

provides as

sistan

ce as

required to 

the operation

s

and tra

ining

section

for supervis

ing

the umpi

ring

of

supply

and

tr

ansportation activities

.

This

section

plans, di

rects and s

upervises

the in

stallation an

d operation

of the umpire communications sy

stem, and

provides

instructors

in 

th

e

operation of commu

nication equip

ment

for

the um

pire

school.

This section

also pro

vid

es assistance

as requ

ired to

the

 operations and

trainin

g

section

 

for supervising

the

umpiring

 of

communications activities.

(1) Umpire

liaison teams,

a part

of the

opera

tion

s

and  tr

aining

sectio

n,

are

organ

ized,

equipped, a

nd

prepared

to serve

in the

field

as

sta

ff

representatives of

t

he

Chief Um

pire, to reinforce

unit

umpires,

to

umpire

special

situations,

 

an

d in

emergenc

ies

to

take action in

 the

name

of

th

e

Ch

ief Umpire.

In large scale

 exercises umpire

liaison teams

16

Page 22: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 22/192

may  be

assigned

to

the

senior

ump

ire of

participating

corps or Fiel

d

Arm

y in lieu

of

 

the Umpire

Group.

(2)

The 

umpire

liaison

teams must

be

in direct

communication with the operations  an

d

training

 section

at

Umpire Headqu

arters,

or w

ith

a sp

ecified

su

bordinate fie

ld agency

of that headquarters.

Admin

istrative, supply,

sig

na

l,

an

d maintenance supp

ort

m

ust be pr

ovided the 

umpire group

.

For

large exercises

,

se

lected TOE

units

capable of providing

this support should be

 

assigned

the

u

mpire group

to

w

ork under the sup

er

visi

on of

appropriate staff sections (app.

Sect ion

II.

PERSONNEL

13. As s i gn

m ent of Umpi r

es

Care

should be exerci

sed

in

the assign

ment

of

umpires.

Ever

y effort

should be made

to

obtain

personnel w

ith previous umpire exp

erience

for

key

st

aff and sp

ecialist

p

ositions.

Officers assi

gned as

unit

umpires

should

have

served

in

the

same 

branch

of

service as  the unit to

which  as

signed. Combat

experience is esp

ecially

desirab

le. Personnel

should,

so

fa

r as

 

possibl

e, be from units

other than 

those

participating

in

t

he

ex

ercise to

minimize a te

ndency

to become a p

art

of

the

unit

and to

facilitat

e

main

taining strict

neutrality in attitude

 

an

d actions.

5.

To

assis

t the 

Exercise

D

irector and the Chief

Umpire

 in carryin

g out

th

eir respons

ibilities with

respe

ct

to

atomic

play,

officers

trained especially

 in

thi

s aspect of

the m

aneuver should be  integrate

d

355734

O—55—— — 2

17

Page 23: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 23/192

Page 24: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 24/192

(1

)

(2)

it Bn

(b) . _ _

  _ _  

om

pany

 

2

on 

_

  „

1

  v

Hq._

_

1

• t

 Coo

rdinat

ion

1

1

2

l a)

0(

d)

2 (a

) 1

l a)

2

 

(a

) 0

(d)

2

2(a

)

i S

Tank

 Batta

lion 

Ta

nk

Com]

 

T

ank P

latoo

D

ivisio

n Artil

lery

Fire Sup

pi

Cent

er.

Artillery

Bn

(Including 

1  

l(a) 

3

(a)

AA

).

Artill

ery

B

try (Incl

uding

  1

  1

0(d

)

_____

AA).

Medic

al Bat

talion

.____

____

__  1

1

1

1

Cle

aring

 Co

mpan

y___

___

1  

1 0

(c)

_____

A

mbula

nce

Com

pany_

___ 1

0 0

___

__

6 .

Reg

iment

al Head

quarte

rs _

2 l a)

 

2

2 (a

)

Ser

vice Co

mpan

y_

_____

_ 1

0(c) 

_____

Heav

y Mor

tar C

o. ___

__

l

 a)

0(c)

_

____

Ta

nk C

o (se

e a

ab

ove):

 

_

_

M

edic

al Comp

any._

____

____

  1

0(c)

  1

I

nfant

ry

Bn

  Hq_ ___

_____

___

2

(a

) 1

l

 a)

Rif

le

Co.

  .

 

l

 a)

2

2(a

)

Rifle

Platoon___________ 

1  

0(d)

W

eapo

ns

PIat

oon__

____

_

0(d)

_

____

H

eavy

 

W

eapon

s

Co_

_;__

__ 

(a) 2

2(a)

Ma

chine

gun Pl

atoon

____

0(d)

_

____

Mo

rtar

Pla

toon

.

____

___ 

1

0(d)

_____

An

titank

 PI

atoon

_____

__

1  

0(d)

__

___

Inte

lligen

ce

Re

conna

issan

ce 

11

1

1

Plat

oon.

(a

) Also

 ope

rates ra

dio.

(

b) Ump

ires assi

gned t

o  Eng

in eer units

 

on same bas

is as

infantry

 if

to

act as

infantr

y.

(c) C

omman

ders

of units 

a

lso

a

ct as

unit

 

um

pires.

(d) Comm

anders

 of unit

s ac

t

as

 

unit umpire

s

in abse

nce of d

esignat

ed

umpire

s

of

 thei

r paren

t

unit

 

an

d

in spe

cific inst

ances a

ssist

un

it

um

pires a

s req

uested,

 viz .

,

diss

emina

tion o

f inform

ation,

des

ig

n

ating cas

ualties,

 etc.

Page 25: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 25/192

16. Uni t

Umpires Armored

Div is ion

Umpires a

re

assigned

to comparable

units of

the

armore

d

division

on the same

basis

as

to

units of

the

infantry 

division

(par.

15 ).

Additional 

umpires

are

assi

gned

to

other

 units of the arm

ored division

as

follows:

Combat

Command

Hq__________

2

2(a)

2

2(a)

Di

vision Trains Hq_____,__

________ 1

l(a)

  1 l(a)

Q

uartermaster Bn Hq_ ______

______

1 l(a) 1 1 (a)

Ordnance

Bn Hq_

______.__________ 1 l a)

1 l a)

Reconn

aissance Bn Hq_ ___________

1

l(a) 1 l(a)

Mortar 

Pl

atoon...____________

____

11

(a) Also operates

radio.

17.

Un it Umpi res

Airborne

Div is ion

Umpires

are

assigned to co

mparable units

of

th

e

airborne

division

on

the

same

basis as to

units of the

infantry division (pa

r. 15). Umpire

s are

assigned

 

to o

ther units of

the airborne division as

follows:

Parachute Maintenance,Co

_________

11 

0

Antitank Plat

oon. _____

___________ 11

0

Support

Company Hq______

_______ 11

1

1

18.  Uni t Umpi res

Armored C

avalry Regiment

Umpires

 are assigned

to

the

howit

zer

company 

of

the

 

arm

ored cavalry regiment on

 

the

same b

asis

a

s

to a tank

com

pany (par.

15). Assignm

ent of um

pires

to other u

nits of the armor

ed cavalry reg

iment

is on the

basis of assignment

to units of the

infantry

divisio

n and the

armored 

divisi

on (p

ars. 15 and

16).

70

Page 26: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 26/192

19

Umpire  iai

son Teams

Umpire

 

lia

ison te

ams re

quire one

officer an

two

radio

operator-

drivers.

20

Fire

Marker

Tea

ms

Each

groun

d

fire

marke

r

tea

m con

sists o

f one

o

fficer and

 one r

adio 

operator-

driver. Each

aerial

fire

marker team

 

co

nsists o

f one o

fficer (pilot-r

adio

operato

r) and

 

one

  assistant

. A

 

fire

marking

 team

with th

e capab

ility of a

tomic

fire

 

marking

 

is

 consid

ered essential

to

realistic 

training 

in atomic

play.

21

M

iscellane

ous

Umpir

es are

assigned to all

operativ

e sp

ecial

uni

ts

suc

h as

military in

telligenc

e servic

e

unit

s, p

sy

cholog

ical

warfare

 

units

, e

lectronic warfare u

nits,

A

rmy Se

curity

Ag

ency units,

Counter Intelligence

Corps

u

nits

and

others

as require

d.

ft. One of

ficer ump

ire 

should

be

 prov

ided

for each

of

 the followi

ng:

(

1)

Ag

ent m

ission.

(2) Guerrilla

 mission.

(3)

Raid 

or

infiltration 

mission.

(Unit

um

pire

may be used.)

(4)  Pa

trol. (Uni

t um

pire may be

used.)

(5

)

Priso

ner-of-wa

r

installa

tion at

d

ivisional

 

or high

er

le

vel

(to  ump

ire  ha

ndling,

proc

essing, an

d exch

ange of p

risoners

of

w

ar).

Headqu

arters, depo

ts,

ho

spitals,

and

units of a

log

istical

command

 are

assigned um

pires on

the sam

e

basis as

comparab

le

headquar

ters

an

d

units  lis

ted

in par

agraph 15.

Um

pire

requ

irements

will

be

le

ss

2

 

Page 27: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 27/192

f

or

t

hose

units

whose m

ission

s mak

them 

comp

ara

tive

ly stabl

e.

Local

 ump

ires

will m

ake the

 dec

ision 

regard

ing

chemical

casualty

assessment.

These decisions plus

a

ny qu

estions

 regar

ding th

e sa

me should

 

be

 in

cluded

 

in the

 re

marks

 

of

t

he

da

ily

report.

To in

sure

adequ

ate

CBR

 

um

pirin

g, it

is advis

able to prov

ide one

 o

r two s

pecial C

BR

ump

ire te

ams

at c

ritical

 

po

ints of 

C

BR play to

 supple

ment

re

gular

unit

 um

pires.

22 onc

ommis

sioned

 O

ff icers

Qu

alified

 nonco

m m iss

ioned

officer

s may be

used as

 

as

sistant

 um

pires

.

23

 

R

eporti

ng to

Un its

U

mpires

 sh

ould join

the

unit

 

or

he

adquar

ters to

whic

h assig

ned a

 minim

um

of 1 d

ay

a

nd p

refera

bly

2

d

  ys

prior

to the sta

rt

of 

the exer

cise in o

rder

to 

perm

it

them

to

 

bec

ome fam

iliar 

with

the

unit,

its

 

statu

s, and

its m

issions

. The u

nit to

 

wh

ich a

ssigned

 

p

rovide

s clas

s I and

 

III

su

pport

 for th

e ump

ire.

Sec t i on

III

UMPIRE

TRAINING

24

Gene

ral

Rega

rdless

of

 

how 

well

train

ed t

roops

ma

y be,

tacti

cal ex

ercises

 

are succes

sful

only

 

w

hen e

ffectiv

ely

ump

ired by

  tra

ined um

pires.

Eve

ry troo

p

unit

sh

ould main

tain

a n

ucleus

 of train

ed u

mpire p

er

son

nel to be

used

in tac

tical exe

rcises.

2

5 h

e

Um

pire S

choo l

The u

mpire sc

hool is

the key

to

the succe

ssful

um

piring

 

of

any tactic

al exerc

ise.

The

refore

, it is

Page 28: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 28/192

essential that

planning

for the umpire school be

initiated at

the earliest

practicable date. Qualified

personnel must be

assembled early

in the planning

phase

to

prepare

the

umpire

training

program

and

necessary instructional

material.

Previously quali

fied

instructors should

be

made

available for the

umpire school.

26 Program

of

Umpire

Training

The

time

required for umpire training

depends

upon

the status

of

training

of

the umpire personnel

and the type

of

tactical exercise to be

conducted.

This may vary from a few

hours

for

a

squad

or

platoon

problem

to as much as three weeks for

a

joint Army-Navy-Air Force

exercise.

The training

should include

classroom

conferences

and demon

strations

pf

umpiring

followed

by

reconnaissance

of the exercise

area and actual practice in umpire

control methods with troops.

Particular

attention

should be

paid

to schooling umpires in atomic and

CBR aspects

of the

exercise and their duties incident

thereto. Umpire checklists should

be provided.

Communications

should

be

thoroughly

tested

during

the practical training in

the

field.

Practical

exer

cises

conducted

during the

umpire

training

phase

afford the chief umpire a means of

testing

the um

pires.

The exercises should be varied so that

umpires

develop confidence in their ability to handle

all

situations

likely to

be

encountered.

Where

cir

cumstances permit, umpires should work

with

units

in the field, to

afford them an

opportunity to apply

and practice

the

methods and techniques taught in

the classroom. Small

unit exercises are

particularly

23

Page 29: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 29/192

va

luable,

 not

only

 

fo

r th

is

p

urpose

, b

ut

al

so to

 

ori

ent

troo

ps in  u

mpire

me

thods

and

proced

ures. Thi

s

ty

pe

of

tr

aining

 is es

pecial

ly suita

ble

for the tr

ain

ing 

of 

large  groups

since

those

not 

engaged  in 

ump

iring may

ob

serve 

and

 

lat

er critiq

ue  the

per

f

orman

ce

of

 

the

 others

.

f t One 

or mor

e

pra

ctical

ex

ercises

 sh

ould

be

  con

du

cted for u

mpires

 prio

r to any

 larg

e t

actical

 

exer

 

cise. Si

mulate

d a

tomic bur

sts, ca

sualty

an

d damag

e

assessments, 

and

reporting 

procedures

incident

to 

the

use o

f at

omic  w

eapon

s s

hould

b

e r

ehears

ed by

the

 

um

pire

group

 of each

re

gimen

tal

si

ze un

it 

prior to

the

co

nduct

 of

the

 field

  exerc

ise.

 ec

t ion IV IDEN

TIFICA

TIONS

27

Identification of

Personnel

Regu

lation

uni

fo

rm

of the

Arm

ed Fo

rces of th

Uni

ted State

s.

Aggr

essor un

iforms

 

and insig

nia

a

s

presc

ribed

in FM

 

3

0-101.

A whit

e clot

loop

on 

the

left

side

under

the 

arm and

over

the 

s

houlde

r.

A r

ed c

loth loop

on 

the left

side und

er t

he arm 

and

ov

er the

 s

houlde

r.

A

 red 

and

white clo

th loop

  on 

the

left 

side und

er the

arm 

and over

 

the 

shoulder.

/.

green

 c

loth

loo

p o

n the

left side

u

nder th

e

a

rm 

and

ov

er th

e should

er.

Page 30: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 30/192

28

Identi

fication of

Vehicles

As

p

rescribed in AR

85

0-5 .

  .

A

s

prescribed

in

FM

30-1

01.

A white

flag appro

ximately 1

foot

squ

are on

  a 4

foot

staff fastene

d to the right

f

ront bu

mper

o

f the

vehicle.

A red

and

white

flag approxima

tely

1 f

oot square o

n a

4

foot

staff

fastened

to

the 

right

front

bumper

of the

ve

hicle. Upper half

of

t

he flag is

to

b

e

whit

e and the

lower half is

to

 

be

red.

A

g

reen flag

 approxi

mate

ly

1

  foot square

 

on

 a

4

foot sta

ff

fas

tened

to the

right

fron

t bumper of

the vehicle.

29 Identification

of Aircr

aft

Umpire

  and Exercise

Director air

craft

are

marked with fou

r  twel

ve-inch

ba

nds alternating

white and

green around each win

g. Similar mark

ing

s

are

 placed around t

he  fuselage

of helicopters.

Aggressor

aircraft

bear

the

Aggressor

mark

ing

as

pr

escribed

in

2M30-1

01.

30 Identif

ication of

Me

dical Vehicles

and Installations

Red

Cross

m

arkings

are usually u

sed

o

n medi

cal v

ehicles and

inst

allations.

On

oc

casion their

use

may b

e

curtail

ed by the commander

 for tact

ical rea

son

s.

Medical

unit

s

and

person

nel participating

in

tacti

cal exercises are

cons

idered

unde

r

t

he protective

provisions

of the

Geneva Conve

ntion.

25

Page 31: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 31/192

Actual casu

alties and emergency medical 

sup

plies

are

transported

 

in

vehicles displaying

 

a Red

Cross Flag

. Such

ve

hicles

are 

per

mitted

complete

freedom of

action 

by

all  personnel.

26

Page 32: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 32/192

CHAPT

ER 3

UMPIRE CONT R OL METHO

DS AND

PROCEDURE

S

Sec t ion   I.

UMPIRE CO

NTROL

31 Control

Control during a 

tactica

l exercise

is

of

the ut

most

i

mportance. Th

is

control

is exercised

by means

of  u

mpires assigned to units a

nd

act

ivities.

The

combat respo

nses

or a

ctions

o

f participating

troops 

will

be

guided

by

the

unit

umpire

by

means

of

de

cisions and

direct announ

cements.

Overa

ll control

will be

exercised

b

y

the

chief um

pire

th

rough umpi

re

channel

s.

It

is essential

 

that const

ant

communica

tions be

maintained betwee

n

the

various operat

ing

elements

o

f

the

umpire group.

Th

e unit umpi

re

must d

etermine and portray 

to the unit the

effect of mov

ements, dispositions, fi

re

power,

 

a

tomic bursts, su

rprise, and maneuver on

 

the

tactical situa

tion. He describ

es existing

 battlefield 

conditions

to

 

cause

proper

reacti

ons b

y troops  and

commanders. Failure

to react

properly

should

r

e

sult in losses being assessed 

against

the

unit.

The

small

unit

umpire

will

exercise 

control by

announ

cements

to

ind

ividuals and

units

as appropr

i

ate.

These

announceme

nts should

 makeeach soldier

aware of th

e situation and

the 

natur

e

of

hos

tile op-

2

7

Page 33: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 33/192

position

. When makin

g annou

ncements

, the umpire

must

consi

der whe

ther, in actu

al

b

attle,

the in

for

mation

 

w

ould

be

 

secure

d b

y

a

n individ

ual, a portion

 

of

the 

unit,

or

the

entire

unit. These announcements

m

ust be

realistic and

 so phr

ased and

  delivered

 tha

th

e words and

 tone

of voice

carry t

he pro

per im

p

ression. Th

e

effects of atomic p

lay

must be

 por

 

traye

d

i

n a

 

rea

listic manner

 and

the

announc

ement

must

 

be

 deliv

ered

to

the

 troops

 

in suc

h

a

ma

nner as

to emphasize realism.

In

gene

ral, unit

 

ump

ires comply

with

 

ins

truc

tions pertaini

ng to cover,

concealm

ent, an

d use

of

lights

, that 

are appli

cable to

the

unit to w

hich

ass

igned.

The

movem

ent,

ho

wever,

of

unit

um

pires

is not

 

r

estricted

to any

partic

ular

a

rea

as they 

must

be allowed

 such

freedom

 of

 

moveme

nt as to

best

per

fo

rm their

duties. U

mpires are

not

requir

ed to

con

form to

the radio sile

nce im

posed u

pon the u

nits.

32 De

cisions

The

umpi

re m

ust

ren

der 

a pro

mpt

a

nd l

ogical

decis

ion in an

y

situ

ation whic

arises during

 the ex

ercise.

When

contact

is

made

between 

the opposing

force

s, the umpire

s

should allo

w the  situa

tion to

develop

unt

il

a tac

tical d

ecision is

indic

ated or re

qu

ired. Decisi

ons ar

bas

ed

on relative firep

ower,

tactical

e

mployme

nt, disp

ositions, cover,

concea

l

ment, terra

in, fields

of fire,

surpris

e,

a

nd

maneuv

er.

Careful

consideration must

be

given to these

tactical

factor

s, so that

um

piring is not

merel

y a mathem

at

ica

l

co

mputatio

n of relativ

e fir

epower. The

ump

ire

wil

l take

 

necessa

ry  precau

tions to

pre

vent bo

dily

conta

ct

a

nd injury

or damage

 to m

ateriel. He

makes

28

Page 34: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 34/192

on-the-spot decisions based

upon the

current local

situation,

determines and assesses losses to personnel

and

materiel.

His rulings must be impartial in every

case. He

must

refrain from making

tactical

deci

sions

which are the responsibility

of the

unit com

manders.

Decisions

must be

prompt. Unit

umpires

will

assess

damage and casualties caused by a simu

lated atomic burst by

referring

to

an

"effects

over

lay" (app. VII).

These

effects overlays" will have

been distributed to

all

unit umpires prior

to

the start

of

the maneuver.

Unit

umpires

are not

required

to

compute

casualty or damage effects. On receipt of

the code number of

the

overlay

to be

used, ground

zero

and time of burst, unit

umpires

note

the

disposi

tion of personnel and

equipment

of their assigned

unit

with relation to

ground

zero

and the damage

areas

indicated

on

the

effects

overlay."

The

platoon

umpire decides whether either

force

should

be able to advance and

portrays

the

situ

ation accordingly.

If, for example,

the situation

is such

that the unit

would

be

unable to advance in

actual combat, the umpire "paints the battle

picture"

by

voice

or

over

a

loudspeaker

to

indicate

intense

and

accurate hostile

fire. If

the

unit should be able

to

advance,

the umpire might depict light enemy fire.

This affords the

platoon commander

information

which should lead to a decision to advance. If a

position

is

overrun, the umpire prevents

hand-to-

hand

fighting and

decides

the

number

of

prisoners

to be assessed.

Umpires may

be

called

upon for decisions when

needed

for clarification of a decision previously made.

Troops

must abide

by

umpire

decisions without

hesi-

29

Page 35: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 35/192

tat

ion o

r argu

men

t.

Uni

t ump

ires m

ay 

be use

d to

 

ori

ent

tro

ops on

umpi

re

pr

oced

ures p

resc

ribed

 for

the exe

rcise

.

Umpire 

decisions 

and  operation

of

troops are

n

orma

lly

b

ased 

o

n actu

al

w

eath

er co

nditi

ons.

In 

ex

cepti

onal

 

c

ases a

ssum

ed 

w

eath

er co

nditi

ons af

fect

ing

  vis

ibilit

or

air op

erat

ions

ar

e

a

utho

rized

  if

 

n

eces

sary

to ac

comp

lish

t

he objec

tives

 

of the

 exe

rcise

.

33

Liai

son

Unit

 

um

pire

s

sho

uld

be 

furnished

cop

ies

of

the 

oper

ation

s and ad

min

istra

tive

o

rders

 of th

e uni

ts to

whic

h a

ssign

ed as

 s

oon

a

issu

ed

s

o th

at the

hav

e op

po

rtun

ity to s

tudy

 th

e

pl

an

an

d sc

heme

 of m

aneu

ver 

and

 rep

ort

the info

rma

tion

thr

ough

 um

pire ch

anne

ls.

Inf

orm

ation

 of

 

str

engt

h,

d

ispos

ition

s, 

a

nd pla

ns

of 

action

are 

furnished

the

battalion

umpires

of 

the

opp

osing

 for

ces b

y

the

  assis

tant

batt

alion

 ump

ires

 

o

f the U

nite

d State

s

For

ce. W

hen

con

tact

is

  im

m

inen

t th

e

a

ssist

ant b

attal

ion u

mpir

e

at e

ach U

nited

 

Sta

tes

batt

alion

 in

volv

ed,

joins

 

t

he a

ppro

pria

te A

g

gres

sor 

unit

co

mma

nder

, or

 

u

mpir

e,

to e

ffect 

the 

necessary exchange

of

information.

Since 

the United

Sta

tes

Fo

rce 

uni

t

um

pire

 in

cont

act

mus

t an

noun

ce

the

 

d

ecis

ions

res

ultin

g from

 an

y actio

n be

twee

n A

g

gre

ssor and

 th

e Un

ited

 Stat

es u

nit to

 w

hich

 he is

ass

igned

  (p

ar. 6)

, this

proc

edure

  is ap

plic

able

to 

b

oth t

he A

ggre

ssor

 Forc

e—F

ree a

nd t

he Ag

gres

sor

Force—Controlled 

type

exercises.

34 

Flag

s and

 Sign

als

(1

)

W

hite

 fl

ag d

urin

g

the

 

d

ay  a

nd 

ye

llow

star

 

c

luste

r at n

ight

.

30

Page 36: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 36/192

(2) Blue flag

during the

day and green sj;ar

cluster

at night.

(3)

Red star cluster.

(Only

regimental

umpire or

higher authority

di

rects the use of the

red

star cluster and

authorizes action resumed.)

Orange

flag.

Black flag at each end

of

obstacle.

Red

smoke

grenades

(par. 44/).

Aggressor: Yellow smoke gren

ades.

United

States: White smoke

grenade.

/.

When

no

other

means

of representing fire is

available,

a

red

flag will

be

waved

from

the tank

or gun

position.

To be

indicated by

appropriate

simulators;

augmented

by use of announcements

over

a public address

system

on a

vehicular

mount

or

army

aircraft

cruising

over

the

area. Other mass

destruction weapons will be the subject

of special

instructions

for

each

exercise.

 1) Cerise panels.

(2) Yellow

panels.

35 Air Landings

and

Air D r o p s

Use

of

colored

smoke

in

the

area

of

a

scheduled

air landing

or

air drop is reserved for the unit

mak

ing

the

landing

or drop for

a period

of

H minus

30

minutes

to H

plus

1 hour.

Page 37: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 37/192

3

E

me

rge

nc

y Me

asu

re

s

If

 c

on

tro

l is

los

t,

th

e

u

nit

 

um

pi

re

ma

y h

alt

 th

e

ac

tio

n of

 

th

e u

ni

t or

 

un

it

s inv

ol

ved

 

pa

r. 3

3).

  I

that

case

h

should  immediately 

report 

the

facts 

tog

et

her

 

w

ith

th

e

act

ion

  h

e h

as 

tak

en

  to

 

th

e n

ex

t

hi

gh

er

un

it

um

pi

re,

 

w

ho

  w

ill

in

ve

sti

gat

th

e sit

ua

 

ti

on

, a

nd

  a

do

pt 

on

e o

t

he

 

f

oll

ow

ing

 

co

urs

es

  of

 

a

cti

on

:

 1)

 

An

no

un

ce

 

h

is 

de

cis

ion

  t

o

th

e u

ni

t um

p

ire

 

concerned.

 

2) 

D

ire

ct  o

th

er

s

ub

or

din

at

e

un

it

um

pir

es

  to

 

ha

lt th

e

ac

tio

n o

f th

ei

r

un

its

 if 

w

arr

an

ted

 

b

th

e si

tua

tio

n.

 

3)  D

ir

ec

t a

ll

s

ubo

rd

ina

te

 

un

it um

p

ire

s to

 ha

lt

the

  ac

tio

of

th

ei

r u

ni

ts. 

H

th

en 

im

me

 

diately reports

the

situation 

to 

the  next

h

igh

er

 u

nit

 

u

m

pir

e.

A

cti

on

 

si

mi

lar

 

to t

ha

t d

esc

rib

ed

 in

 

ab

ov

e w

il

l

be

 ta

ken

 wh

en

 

an

y

of

the

 fo

llo

w

ing

 co

nd

itio

ns

 e

xi

st:

 

1)

  S

afe

ty

 re

gu

lat

ion

s

ar

e v

io

late

d.

 2)

 

E

xis

tin

g c

on

dit

ion

s e

nda

ng

er

  li

fe 

or

 p

ro

erty.

 

3)

 

Ex

erc

ise

  bo

un

da

rie

s o

r

off

-li

mi

ts

are

as

 ar

e

vio

lat

ed

.

 4

)  E

an

ge

 

fir

es

m

ust

 be

  br

oug

ht

 u

nd

er

con

tro

l.

  e

c t i

on

II

  I

NF

AN

TR

Y  A

CT

IO

N

37  General

Th

s

ucc

es

s

o

f

a

ny

  tac

tic

al e

xe

rci

se

is

dir

ect

ly 

d

ep

en

den

t

up

on t

he

 effi

cie

ncy

 an

d e

ffe

cti

ven

es

s o

th

e

u

mp

ire

.

In

fa

ntr

y

en

ga

ge

me

nts

 

a

re

 

ch

ara

cte

riz

ed

 

by

 

cl

ose

  ac

tio

n,

 m

ane

uv

er

, an

d t

he

us

e

o

f

su

pp

or

tin

g

 

Page 38: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 38/192

weapons

.

The

infantry umpire

not only

 

must ke

ep

abreas

t of the

tactical situati

on but

  through his

knowledge

of

infantry

tactics and the

use of support

ing 

weapons,

must

be

able

to

estimate the capabilities

of

the u

nit and the courses

of action

it

may ado

pt.

5. Infa

ntry action is primari

ly controll

ed at

t

he

platoon

level in accordan

ce with

the provisions of

p

aragraphs

31

 

through 36.

T

o ass

ist

platoon

um

pires

in the

 

per

formance

o

f

their

duties,

each

umpire

should b

e equipped with

a

megaphone. Umpires

with un

its hig

her

th

an company level perform

super

visory duties

and report on th

e functioning

of

th

e

unit as a whole

including

 

its staff

.

The

 

employment

of su

pporting tires by

compa

ny,

battalion,

and

regi

mental comman

ders during all

  phases of an action,

m

ust be carefully

considered when evalua

ting the

comparative

fire

power.

For

example,

the fact

that

an attack

er, during the

approach

to contact, is sub

j

ected to

the

 fires

of

the

supporti

ng

w

eapons of

 

the

defender

must be considered i

n

computing

the

com

 

parative fire

power, especially

in those cas

es

w

here

such

fires are not normally

marked.

 

In suc

h cases

the assistant

battalion

umpire of the

United

States 

ba

ttalion mu

st

obtain and

 transmit to

appropriate

unit ump

ires

timely information

of

the

supporting

fires

employ

ed (par.

33)

. Based on

this informa

tio

n,

unit ump

ires may

assess

ca

sualties an

d delays

as approp

riate,

when unit

commanders

 fail to take

proper

action

to

reduce

the

effect

of

these 

fires.

A

ll units in the exercise

area,

re

gardless

of thei

r

type, mission

,

or

location,

are

su

bject to

 

attack. D

is

mounted attacks against

any unit wil

l

be umpire

d in

a ma

nner similar

to

that

prescribed

 

f

or

infantry

ac-

355734

O— 5 5 — — — 3

33

Page 39: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 39/192

Page 40: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 40/192

(10) Be prepared to critique the

performance

of the unit to

which

assigned. Particularly

observe action taken by Commanders to

exploit the use of atomic

weapons by ma

neuver,

and if

attacked

by atomic weapons,

reorganization procedures

used.

(11) Prevent physical contact between troops

of the opposing forces

to

avoid injury

to

personnel.

(12) Prevent damage to

materiel.

(13)

Instruct

personnel

of

the

unit

to

which

assigned in

umpire

methods.

6.

The

umpire must PAINT

THE

PICTUKE.

The

snap of

live

ammunition and the

burst

of shells

in battle warn the soldier of the presence of hostile

fire.

Since

these

sounds are not

present in training

exercises,

announcements are

made by

the

umpire

to

supplement the use

of

blank ammunition and

repre

sented

shell

bursts. Examples of

correct

announce

ments are—

(1)

"Bridge

to right

front—400

yards—four

shells explode close

together—four

more

shell

explosions—another

four."

(Fire

Marker

Team

marking artillery

tire.)

(2)

"A shell just

exploded 300 yards

in

front

of you.''

Two minutes later—'"shell

com

ing;

impact 100

yards

behind you."

(3)

"Fire from

a

machinegun in the vicinity of

that

large

house

(pointing)

is

searching this

area."

(4) "Machinegun fire

sweeping

directly over

you;

that rifleman

(designating) nicked

in

shoulder by

ricochet;

that rifleman (desig-

35

Page 41: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 41/192

natin

g) dis

abled fo

r 15

 m

inutes by

 rico

chet

off

 helme

t.

(5)

B

ursts

from a

light 

ma

chineg

un striki

ng

in

yonr

imm

ediate

 

vic

inity

(a

nnoun

ce a

 

designated

place);

fire

apparently

coming

f

rom di

rection

 of that

cornf

ield. M

achine

gu

n fire

 

h

as ce

ased.

(fi)

A shell

fragme

nt has

smash

ed

the

longi

 

t

udinal

  spir

it-leve

l. (Afte

r a

n

artille

ry 

con

centra

tion.)

(7)

(Aside 

to squad

leader

during 

hostile

ma 

chin

egun 

fire)

  Y

ou have

been

 hi

t; 

y

ou

are wou

nded in

left leg

.

(8)

  Sm

all arm

s fir

e from

that

(poin

ting) hil

l

strikin

g in

 you

r imm

ediat

e

fro

nt.

(9) 

Fou

r shells,

 

ex

plode

d 50

yard

s upwin

d o

f

you—Odor

in 

air

of 

fresh

corn —10

seconds 

l

ater

Fo

ur

more

 

sh

ells

just upw

ind.

(10)

 

A

n at

omic

we

apon 

has j

ust exp

loded

 

1,200 ya

rds

to yo

ur righ

t. Yo

u

are seri

ous

ly burne

d a

nd your

 leg

 

is

broke

n by

 

fl

y

ing

debris

. Y

our radio

 is

dam

aged;

 yo

u

can

not u

se

it.

(Ass

ess othe

r ca

sualtie

s

and

 dam

age

in the

 uni

as

 ap

propri

ate.)

T

he follo

wing 

sho

uld

be

 avo

ided:

(1)

Being

  igno

rant  of

the

  situ

ation,

  of th

e

pr

ojecte

d cour

se

of the exe

rcise,

and

of um

 

pi

re du

ties.

 2)

Faili

ng

t

o

give  an

 em

phatic

 

an

clear

 de

scr

iption

of the

situation and  the

hostile 

fire.

(3)

Calli

ng

out: You

  c

an't adva

nce  b

eyond

this p

oint.

36

Page 42: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 42/192

(4) Reve

aling the projected

course

of

the

exer

cise.

(5) Permittin

g

a long

exchange o

f

fire

withou

t

announcing

a

decision.

(6) Giving hostile fire data

to the leader

only

instea

d of announ

cing it

so

 that

all can hear.

(7) Failing to report an

y independent act

ions

of

the unit.

(8)

Sho

uting Enemy with

drawing'' or

N

o.

1

rifleman,

you 

see

a

hostile soldier

running

towar

d the rear.

(9

)

Permitting an

attack

to

s

ucceed w

ithout

proper

 

fire

s

upport, without individual

soldiers working

their

w

ay fo

rward, or be 

fore the

ene

my

with

draws

o

r suffers

severe

losses.

(10) F

ailing

to

listen

to 

t

he or

der of

the

plat

oon

command

er.

(11)

Failing to o

bserve

the actio

n of

troops

constant

ly.

Shouting

: Take

shelter or Sho

ot,

when an enemy

machinegun

fires

with 

blank

cartrigdes.

A remark

such

as

Bullets are

whistlin

g

around

you

sho

uld

be made.

(13

)  Divulgin

g knowled

ge

of the

terrain,

or

showing 

a map to the tro

ops when they h

ave

no

maps on

hand, or

are

forbidd

en to use

them.

(14) Failing

 to

 

observe

safety prec

autions (app.

IV).

(15)

  Pe

rmitting troops unde

r

fire

to

expose

themselves

without

imposin

g penalties.

37

Page 43: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 43/192

(Ifi)

  S

hou

ting

:

"M

ac

hine

gun

  fi

ve 

wit

hou

clar

ific

atio

n

i

nste

ad

of a

nno

unc

ing

 "B

urst

fro

m

two

 (th

ree)

 mac

hin

egu

ns

are

strik

ing

 

here 

(pointing)

;

the  bursts

are

getting 

cl

ose

r.

(1

7)  P

erm

itt

ing

un

it co

mm

and

ers

to

 

u

se

um

 

pir

rad

ios w

hen

 

t

heir

s

are

 

out  of

 

a

ctio

inst

ead o

f re

qui

ring

 the

m t

so

lve th

eir

own

 

com

mu

nic

atio

ns

pro

ble

ms.

(

18) 

Becoming 

friendly

with

the 

unit

com 

ma

nde

r and,

 a

a resu

lt,

hav

ing a 

te

nden

cy

t

o f

avo

r th

e unit

 

whi

ch h

e is

um

pirin

g.

(

19)

H

old

ing up

 th

e pro

gre

ss

of t

he ex

erc

ise

to

 

d

iscu

ss th

situ

atio

n

inst

ead

 

o

f

pain

tin

g

a

 

r

eas

onab

le p

ictu

re

a

nd ma

inta

inin

g re

alism

.

(20)

  B

eco

min

g inv

olve

d in

 a

rgu

men

ts or

 b

eing

 

und

uly

i

nflu

enc

ed b

y the

 u

nit

com

ma

nde

r.

(T

he

  ump

ire

 

m

ust 

re

nde

r a

n i

mpa

rtia

l de

ci

sion

, w

hich

 

is f

inal

, ba

sed 

on  s

oun

d a

nd

ac

cep

ted

prac

tice

s.)

(21

) F

aili

ng to

 be

 pr

esen

whe

n

u

nit c

omm

an

d

ers

issu

e o

rde

rs,

send

  me

ssa

ges,

 

hol

d

bri

ef

ing

sessions, 

or 

make

plans.

(22)

  F

aili

ng 

to 

subm

it co

mpl

ete

and ac

cur

ate

rep

ort

s a

t pre

scr

ibed

 

ti

mes

.

(2

3)

P

erm

itti

ng e

nem

y s

abot

age

 an

pen

etra

 

tio

n

t

eam

s to

  acco

mp

any

 

him

  to

 

com

ma

nd 

po

sts

afte

r

co

mpl

etio

n

or

  ter

min

atio

of

their 

missions.

This

permits

agents 

to

ob

se

rve

 the c

omm

and

 

po

sts a

nd giv

es t

hem

 

an 

un

due

adv

ant

age

 

f

or

l

ater

 m

issio

ns.

(24

Fai

lure

 

t

cons

ide

r fie

lds o

f fir

e, la

yin

g of

 

g

un, e

tc.,

 dur

ing

fire

 d

uels

.

38

Page 44: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 44/192

(25) Your

platoon is

receiving a do

se rate of

350 roentgens per

 

hour.

This inform

ation

should only be r

evealed

to

 radiological de

fense

monitors

possessing the

proper

survey

instruments

to determine

dose

rate levels.

Sect ion

III

ARM

ORED ACTION

39 General

Th

e

pro

cedures for

 umpiring arm

ored action

are

similar

to 

those prescribed 

for

infantry

action.

Techniques

are influenced

by

th

e

mobility

,

sh

ock

ac

 

t

ion, and fire

power

characte

ristic of armor.

6. Megaphones

cannot be used b

y tank

pla

toon 

u

m

pires due to

the

noise

created by tanks

 in motion.

The tank

platoon umpire

should ride in

the tank

of

the

platoon 

commander and

use

the

tank

unit's tacti

cal

radio

net to make

his announcements.

The um

pire

m

ust

be

skilled in

th

e use

of

t

ank ra

dios and

should

 

n

ot be

hasty

about

expected realistic

reactions

unless

 he is 

assured that his messages

were received

and understoo

d. He must also reali

ze that his use

of

the platoon

commander's 

radio

interferes

with

com 

mand control. Tanks

 that fail to rea

ct realistically 

to enemy

fire

are

decla

red out of a

ction

by

the platoon

u

mpire.

Damage

cau

sed by enemy

action may vary

from a broke

n t

rack 

to complete

destruction

of

the

tan

k and c

rew,

howev

er complete de

struction of a

tank

and crew is seldom warranted.

Fire

duels between tanks,

self-propelled

guns,

and/o

r antitank

 guns are

jud

ged

on the basis 

of

cov

er,

conc

ealment,

position, firs

aim

ed shot, caliber

of

w

eapons,

and whether 

the

tank

s are

 

st

ationary or

mo

ving. There is no

fixed method

of

determin

ing

39

Page 45: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 45/192

the victo

r.

Each

 

a

ction m

ust

be d

eterm

ined o

n

its

merit.

 

Speed in m

aking

 a de

cision b

ased

on

 

e

xperi

ence

 an

d co

mmon

 

sen

se is ne

cessar

y. 

R

ealism

 

mu

st

b

e mainta

ined.

Blue flags

or

green

 

star

 clus

ters ha

lt

all

tank

action  and

allow

proper

evaluation 

of

all

fa

ctors

in mak

ing a

decisi

on (

par. 34

).

40 Mov

ement

 

of

 Armor

All

  ump

ires

m

ust ex

ercise ju

dgme

nt in

any

 

ar

mored

 

a

ction.

  W

here 

the liv

es

of

p

erson

nel on

the

ground

are 

endangered, 

the

umpire 

must 

slow

dow

n

or stop

 a

ll 

arm

ored

 actio

n.

6

. For

th

e

s

afety

of

 

p

ersonn

el

on the gr

ound, n

tank

 will b

e move

d unles

s t

he

tank comm

ander

  o

crew

  memb

er is

in 

the open

  turr

et

hatch

.  f th

e

interp

hone

system

 

is ope

rating

, the othe

r

hatc

hes

may 

be closed.

the 

interphone 

system  is

not

op

eratin

g, 

all hat

ches 

will b

e open s

o t

hat the

  tan

k

co

mman

der, drive

r, an

d a

ssistan

t

dr

iver,

if a

pplica

 

ble,

 

can

 cons

tantly

 obse

rve t

he groun

d over

w

hich

the

 tank

 

is

movin

g.

T

he

posit

ion o

fr

iendly

 and A

ggress

or For

ces

and the 

density  of  civilian

population

will

deter

mine wh

at sa

fety me

asures

shou

ld  be follo

wed.

Ordi

narily

,

dur

ing 

the perio

d f

rom

sunse

t

to

 sun

r

ise,

movem

ent by

armor

 cros

s coun

try will

 be

made

only wh

en eac

h tan

k

or tracke

d

v

ehicle

 is

pr

eceded

 

by

a dism

ounte

d

m

an.

(This

inclu

des

the

mar

sha

lling,

asemb

ly, 

or with

draw

al o

f

arm

or

wit

hin

the

 

pr

escrib

ed li

mits 

of the e

xercis

e area

du

ring the

 

hou

rs

o

f dark

ness.)

  W

hen spe

cial illu

minat

ion

de

vices

are use

d du

ring

night op

eration

s,

speci

al

um

 

p

ire p

roced

ures sho

uld

be

an

nounc

ed.

40

Page 46: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 46/192

Armor operating on 

roads at nigh

t will con

form

t

o instructi

ons

issued

by the

Exercise

Direc

tor's Headquarters.

Personnel

on

the ground 

will

stand

when ap 

proa

ched

by a

rmored vehicl

es.

41 Armored Reconnaissanc

e

Un i

ts

Re

connaissance 

units

operating

from vehicles

are

con

trolled

by

umpires in a manner

similar

to

ta

nk

control. All t

actical vehicles

in reconnaissance units

do

not have radios; therefore,

the 

ump

ire cannot

dir

ectly

control individual vehicles

. If the r

econ-

naisa

nce

units operate

on foot, they

  are umpire

d

as

infantry.

Sec t ion

 

IV

. A RT I

L L E R Y

42 General

Art

illery umpires

o

bserve the te

chnical func

tioning and

tactical e

mployment of

artillery units,

assess 

casualties and damages,

and mark the ground

zero

of

at

omic bursts and

 the impact

of

ar

tillery and

heavy

 mortar

fires

 in target area

s.

J. Artillery um

pires

are or

ganized into

two

major 

groups as

follows:

  1)

Unit um

pires

(pa

r.

43).

(2)

F

ire marke

r umpire

s

(pa

rs. 44 and

45).

43 Artillery Unit Umpires

Artillery

umpires

observe

the

functioning

of

the particu

lar unit to

which

a

ssigned. They super

vi

se

subordi

nate u

nit

u

mpires

and fire 

m

arker teams,

authorizing the marking

 

o

f fire missions (inclu

ding

atom

ic

bursts) w

hen proper

artiller

y

techn

iques hav

e

41

Page 47: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 47/192

b

ee

em

p

lo

ye

d.

T

h

ey

  as

se

ss

 c

as

ua

lti

es

  an

d

  da

m

ag

es

 

re

su

lt

in

g

f

ro

m

 ho

sti

le

 a

ct

io

n a

ga

in

st

 th

e

un

it

 to

 w

h

ic

as

sig

n

ed

.

6

  A

mo

n

g

th

e

fu

nc

ti

on

s ob

se

rv

ed

 

an

d

 

c

he

ck

ed

 

ar

the

following:

 1

T

he

  p

la

nn

in

an

c

oo

rd

in

at

io

n o

f  f

ir

s

up

p

or

t t

o  d

et

er

 

m

in

e

i

f

ire

 s

up

p

or

is  u

ti

liz

e

to

 

it

s m

a

x

i

m

u

m

,

th

e a

tt

ac

k

of

 

ta

rg

et

s

is

  t

im

el

an

d

  th

p

lan

 

o

f fir

e

su

p

po

rt

  is

 

in

  a

cc

or

da

nc

e

 w

ith

 

t

he

  m

a

ne

uv

er

 

o

f th

e

su

pp

o

rte

d

  u

ni

t.

(2

Th

e

 

co

or

di

na

ti

on

 

o

f

o

bs

er

va

 

t

io

n,

c

ou

n

ter

b

att

er

y,

 

a

nd

 

co

u

nt

er

m

or

tar

 

fu

nc

ti

on

s,

 

an

d  w

h

et

he

r

ta

rg

e

t i

nf

or

m

at

io

is

 

a

gg

re

ss

iv

el

y

c

o

lle

ct

ed

 

fr

om

 

a

ll  a

v

ail

ab

le

 

s

ou

rc

es

,

ev

al

ua

te

d

an

in

te

rp

re

te

in

  ti

m

e

to

 

pe

rm

it

 

the

  e

ff

ec

tiv

e

at

tac

k

 

o

f th

e t

ar

ge

t.

 3

Fu

n

ti

on

in

g

 

of

  th

Fi

re

 

Su

p

po

rt

  C

oo

rd

in

at

io

n

Ce

n

ter

 

i

n

ca

rr

yi

ng

 

o

ut  i

ts

m

i

ss

ion

 

o

f

  i

ns

ur

 

in

th

eff

ic

ien

t

co

or

di

na

tio

n

  an

d

 

m

ax

im

u

m

 

e

mp

lo

y

m

en

t

o

f av

ai

lab

le

 

fi

re

 p

ow

e

to

  i

c

lu

de

 

th

e in

te

g

rat

io

o

f n

on

at

om

ic

  fi

re

 

su

p

 

p

or

t w

ith

 

at

om

i

fir

e  m

i

ssi

on

in

  su

pp

o

rt

 

o

f th

co

m

m

an

d

er 

s sc

he

m

e o

m

an

eu

v

er

.

 

4)

 

M

a

in

te

na

nc

e o

f

pr

o

pe

r

fir

in

g

ch

ar

t, 

reg

is

tr

at

io

n,

  f

re

qu

e

nt

 

m

et

ro

 

m

e

ss

ag

es

 

c

or

re

ct

co

m

pu

ta

tio

n

s, an

d

 

c

o

rre

ct

 fir

e co

m

m

an

ds

 

t

o  t

he

 fi

rin

g

 

b

att

er

ie

s.

 5

A

de

qu

a

te  s

up

pl

a

t

t

he

 g

un

s t

o e

xe

cu

te

 m

is

si

on

s,

 

re

su

pp

ly

 p

la

ns

an

ac

ti

on

  t

ak

e

n t

o  e

ff

ec

r

es

up

p

ly

.

4

 

Page 48: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 48/192

(6)

Adequate

communica

tions

from fire direction

center to observers,

to firing batteries, and to

subordinate

units.

44 Organization

and Operation

of

Fire

Marker

Personnel

Ground

or aerial fire marker teams are

organ

ized

and equipped

to mark simulated

artillery, heavy

mortar

fire, and atomic bursts on United States

and

Aggressor positions during tactical exercises. Um

pire

personnel are

normally

used because

these

teams

must

be neutral.

They

mark fires

of artillery, heavy

mortar and atomic

weapon

units in

the

area of

the

opposing force.

A ground team

normally

consists of an

artillery

officer and a radio operator-driver. Personnel to

operate

sonic

units

must

be

included

if

this

equip

ment

is

available

for assignment to the fire marker

teams. (These sonic units

reproduce

the sound

of

the incoming projectile and its detonation in

the tar

get

area.)

Two

teams per artillery (including

atomic weapon units) or

heavy

mortar battalion

for

marking

fire and one team per

division

artillery or

comparable

headquarters for

control

are

considered

minimum requirements. In

severe

climates or in

rough

terrain additional

fire

marker

teams

may be

necessary.

Each

team requires a vehicle

suitable

for cross

country operations and a

vehicular

mounted radio.

Sonic

equipment normally requires

an

additional

vehicle.

Pyrotechnics and projectors used

in

mark

ing

fires

are carried by the fire

marker

teams.

Pyrotechnics or other appropriate simulators

are used to mark

artillery and

mortar tire at the

43

Page 49: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 49/192

impact

area.

The signal, flash and sound,

M-74

fired in the

pistol

M-8 or projector

M-9

is used to

simulate air

bursts. The

simulated

hand

grenades,

simulators,

shell burst ground, and other suitable

pyrotechnics

may

also

be used.

The

fire

marker

team

gives shell

report data

to the personnel under

fire.

The fire

of

one 105-mm battery is considered as

effectively

covering

an area

50 yards

in radius. Two

or more batteries are

considered as effectively

cover

ing

an

area 100 yards in

radius.

The above radii

are increased

50

percent for

the

fire

of

155-mm

batteries.

/.

Aerial fire marker teams should be used when

ever possible and may be augmented by ground fire

marker teams. Organization

of

aerial fire marker

teams depends upon

the type

of aircraft,

to be used

(par.

29).

Aerial

fire

marker

teams have

the

advan

tage of

mobility

and are especially desirable for

marking fires deep in enemy territory

or

in

locations

not accessible

to ground teams. These

teams

can in

crease

the

marked

fires

by as much

as

50 percent.

Smoke grenades or other suitable

pyrotechnics are

dropped

in the

target

area from

a

radio

equipped

helicopter or

liaison

type

aircraft.

A

card contain

ing shell

report

data is attached by

wire to the gre

nade (par.

45e(8)).

A

suitable

atomic weapon sim

ulator for maneuvers should

be

used when available.

An airborne public address system, orbiting above

the

affected

area or

a

vehicular mounted

public

ad

dress system, cruising in the affected area after the

explosion,

will

aid

in further impressing upon

the

individual soldier the

results

of

an

atomic explosion.

44

Page 50: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 50/192

Fires

must

 

be

 marked

promptly and accurately

t

o be effective.

Artillery

commanders must accom

p

lish 

th

e constant coor

dination

necessary to

 

insure

the

effective

marking

of

their

fires.

45 Fire Mar

ker Channels of Comm

unication an

d

Control

A c

ontrol team located

at

the

 fire direction cen 

ter

of

the

division artil

lery or artillery group co

n

trols

all

teams

marking

fires

for

the subordinate units.

Requests for marking

targets may be

transmitted

 

to the cont

rol team

  from

the

fir

e

direction

centers

over the

artillery communications

 system,

or

a sepa

rate rad

io

net

may be

 established for

this purpose

if desir

ed. Co

mmunication between

the

co

ntrol 

team

and

h

eavy morta

r

units

must

be

provided if

 

mor

tar fires are

 to

b

e mark

ed.

The

control team

should

 maintain a chart

or

map

show

ing

the

location

 

of

al

l

fire marke

teams

at

all times.

A separate fire

marker radio

 

net in

cluding the

c

ontrol team and all

 division artillery fire

marker

teams  is e

stablished. The AN/GRC-5 or

similar

type

radio

is

recomm

ended

f

or this

net.

The

 

con

trol

team

should

o

rganize th

e

fire m

arker net and

 

func

tion as net

control. Upon receip

t

of

fire mis

sions

f

rom 

th

e fire direction

centers, the c

ontrol tea

m di

rects

the f

ire m

arker team

ne

arest the target

 to mark

the

fire.

An example of

channels

and

procedures

em

ployed in

the

con

duct of

a fire missio

n follows:

(1)

 

A  forward

observe

r

locates a

 

target

and

report

s

its

locatio

n to

the

 b

attalion

fire

 di

rection

center.

Page 51: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 51/192

(2) The fire

direction

 

ce

nter ale

rts the guns and

the contr

ol

team.

 3) The fire

direction ce

nter sends the

firing

data

to

the

guns.

(4) The c

ontrol team contacts

the

 

fi

re

marker

t

eam

nea

rest

the

target

and dir

ects

it

to

mark

the fire.

In

formation a

s follows

is

give

n th

fire marker

teams

:

(a) Locat

ion and

description of target.

(5) 

Caliber

of

weapons

firing.

Numb

er

of

rounds.

Azimut

h from

 

target to

guns.

Type of

fuze or fuz

e setting.

/)

Che

mical

agent,

if us

ed.

(5) T

he fire marker

team

repo

rts to

the

c

ontrol

team

upon

reaching

the

target.

(6) Th

e

control

team

reports ready to

the fire

direction center

 and

the guns

are 

fire

d.

(7) Th

e control team repor

ts

on the way to

the

 fire mar

ker team 

when the guns have

fired

.

(8) The

fire marker 

team

marks the

 target, f

ur

nishes

 

data

for shel

l

r

eports to the troops

fired upon as

indicated

in

(4)

(Z») to

ab

ove, and reports

mission completed to

the

control

team. The off

icer

with

a gr

ound

f

ire marker team

m

ay

assess casualtie

s and

dama

ges

if

a

unit

umpire is

not present.

Wh

en

planning 

to have an atom

ic

bu

rst

marked,

the

control team must

notify

ground and aer

ial fire

marking teams

.

46

Page 52: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 52/192

4

6.

 

A

nt

ia

ir

c

ra

ft

 

m

p

i

r

s

U

m

p

ir

e

a

ss

ig

n

e

d

  t

o

a

n

ti

ai

rc

r

a

ft

 u

n

it

s

 p

e

rf

o

rm

 

t

h

fo

l

lo

w

in

g

 

du

t

ie

s

:

Battalion 

umpires  supervise 

battery 

umpires 

a

n

o

bs

e

rv

e

 

th

e

 

o

ve

r

al

l t

a

ct

ic

a

l,

 

t

ec

h

n

ic

al

, a

n

d

 

ad

 

m

i

n

is

tr

a

ti

ve

 

p

e

rf

o

rm

a

n

c

o

f

 t

he

 b

a

tt

a

li

on

.

A

n

tia

i

rc

r

af

t

 

a

rt

il

le

r

u

m

p

ir

e

w

i

th

 

b

a

tt

er

ie

s

 

pe

r

fo

r

m

 

th

e

 

f

ol

lo

w

i

ng

 du

t

ie

s

:

 

1

O

b

se

r

ve

 

a

n

c

r

iti

q

u

th

e

 

ta

ct

ic

a

an

d

 

te

c

nical 

performance 

of 

the 

antiaircraft 

units.

 

2)

 

A

ss

e

ss

 

a

n

d

 

r

ep

o

r

t

l

os

s

es

  in

f

lic

t

ed

 

on

 

a

ta

c

k

in

g

 

ai

r

cr

a

ft

 

by

 t

h

u

ni

ts

.

(3

O

b

se

r

ve

 

s

e

cu

r

ity

,

 re

c

o

nn

a

is

sa

n

c

e,

 

s

el

ec

ti

o

n,

 

a

n

d

 o

c

cu

p

a

tio

n

 o

f

 p

o

s

it

io

n

s,

 p

re

p

ar

a

ti

o

fo

r

 

a

ct

io

n

, a

n

d

 

te

ch

n

ic

a

a

n

t

ac

t

ic

al

 e

ff

e

ct

iv

e

 

ness.

 

4)

 

C

h

e

ck

 f

o

r u

n

d

e

rs

ta

n

d

in

g

 

a

nd

 

ob

s

e

rv

a

nc

e

 

of

 

c

o

n

d

iti

o

n

of

 

re

ad

i

ne

s

s,

 

ru

le

s

 

o

e

n

g

ag

e

 

m

e

nt

,

f

ir

re

st

ri

c

tio

n

s

,

an

d

 c

o

m

m

a

n

d

 

c

o

n

t

ro

l.

(5

f

 

th

e

 

u

n

it

 

is

 

a

t

ta

ck

e

d

 

e

ff

e

ct

iv

el

y

 

b

y

 

ai

r

 

craft, 

the ump

ir

e

 m

a

y

 

ru

le

 

ou

t

 

an

 

ap

p

r

p

ri

at

e

 n

u

m

b

er

 

o

f

g

u

n

s f

o

r a

 

p

e

ri

od

 

n

ot

 

to

 

e

xc

e

ed

 

h

ou

r

s.

 6

)

 

W

h

e

n

 a

n

ti

a

ir

cr

a

ft

 w

ea

p

o

ns

 

a

r

em

pl

o

ye

d

 

a

ga

i

ns

t

 

g

ro

u

n

ta

rg

e

ts

 in

 

a

  d

ir

ec

t

 f

ir

e

  r

o

le

,

th

e

ir

 

f

ir

es

 

ar

e

 m

a

rk

e

d

 in

 

a

cc

o

rd

a

n

ce

 

w

it

h

 

th

e

 p

r

o

vi

s

io

n

s

o

f

pa

r

a

gr

a

p

hs

 

44

  a

n

d

 4

5

.

 

7

W

h

e

n

  a

nt

ia

i

rc

ra

f

t

w

ea

p

o

ns

 

a

re

 e

m

p

lo

y

e

in

 

a

d

ir

ec

t

 f

ir

r

ol

e

, i

n

 

s

up

p

o

rt

 o

f

 g

r

ou

n

d

 

o

p

er

a

ti

on

s

,

a

ss

es

s

  an

d

 r

e

p

or

lo

s

se

s

.

4

7

Page 53: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 53/192

Se c t i o n

V

SP E

C I A L

OPERATION

AND S T A F F

U M P

I R E S

4

7 T h e Airborne

Umpire

Qualifi

ed airborne

umpires

as

signed

to airborn

e

units

follow 

the

procedures contained in

paragraphs

37 and 38. Airborne

 um

pires

are

 also located

at

departu

re airfields, landing

fields,

and

drop

zones

within the a

irhead to obse

rve and

 

report

upon

th

e

p

roficiency

of airb

orne

units

in mounting

and con

ducti

ng an

airhead

operation,

an

air landed opera

tion,

or 

a

logistical 

support

operation 

by

aircraft.

48

The Ser v

ic e 

Uni

t Umpire

The mission of the

service u

nit

u

mpire is

basically

the sam

e as

t

hat for an um

pire with a combat unit.

The princi

pal duties of a service umpire

are—

To d

etermine

the

effectiveness of

security

,

co

ver,

concealment, dispersion,

camouflage,

black-out,

anti

ai

rcraft defensive mea

sures,

area damage

 

control

measures,

and 

other

practices

that

may

be

necessa

ry

in

actu

al combat.

To require

observance

of r

ealistic

time and 

space factors in

 performance of the un

it mission.

To

observe 

the

location and 

operational

effi

ciency of

service installations.

To d

etermine if the unit

 effects ti

mely

disp

lace

ment forward

with

advan

ce elements

, and if co

n

t

inuous service

is

ma

intained

during displacement

.

To observe

the adequacy an

d timeliness of in

formation furnished

the

unit

regarding the

opera

tions and

p

lans of supp

orted troop

s.

/. To a

ssess losses in mater

iel and supplies when

installations

or move

ments are subject

ed to enemy

 

action,

and to follow

up assessments of lo

sses and

48

Page 54: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 54/192

Page 55: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 55/192

Th

e um

pire must be

fam

iliar with

the

defensiv

e

f

ire

p

lans,

the

wi

thdrawal

pla

n,

the

 

terrain, and si

gnals to

be employe

d.

52 Air Ac

tion

Certa

in duties

and

resp

onsibiliti

es o

f air umpire

s are

 

gen

eral and app

ly 

to 

any

typ

of maneu

ver

in

 

which USA

F

un

its 

may

particip

ate. The

se are—

(1)

Deciding 

the 

results 

of contacts,

taking

into

ac

count

the

prevaili

ng tactica

l facto

rs such

as

control

o

f the

air, rel

ative forc

es and fire

pow

er,  surp

rise,

and

unit readines

s for

action.

(2)  Det

ermining

 th

r

esults of

air

at

tacks o

n

ground

  targ

ets either by

mean

of r

adar

sc

oring unit,

  if

avail

able, or by

referenc

e

to

 dam

age asse

ssment tables.

  o)

K

eeping

the

 Chief Air

Umpire

 and other

u

nit

a

ir umpire

s inform

ed by

 

tim

ely report

s

of

t

he

results

of plans

 of m

aneuver

unit

comm

anders and move

ments, ac

tions,

and

dispo

sitions of

 

Air

Force 

maneuver

units

and in

stallation

s.

(4) Focusing

 

the attention

 

o

f all p

articipati

ng

pe

rsonnel o

n the

training

 aspects of 

maneu

v

er

p

lay, ra

ther than

the 

achieve

ment

o

f a 

fictit

ious

victory 

or

de

feat —g

uiding,

where necessary, 

the development

of situa

tions

so as to avo

id this

latter

tenden

cy.

(1) In

any ma

neuver

involvin

b

oth ai

r

and

 

ground a

ction, many

 

situati

ons wi

ll arise

 

in

 

so

Page 56: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 56/192

which air a

nd grou

nd op

erations 

interact 

with

each

 othe

r. In these ca

ses the

normal

 

func

tions  of

 

a

ir umpire

s te

nd to overl

ap

with

 those

of ground

umpire

s. Therefor

e,

it become

s necess

ary to

 

as

sign specif

ic

u

pirin

g res

ponsibilit

ies to

air

and

  ground

 

ump

ires. 

The follo

wing cons

titutes a gen

eral

 guid

e:

Eac

h umpire w

ill

ju

dge

certain ph

ases 

of

air

operation

s. Wh

ere damag

e assess

m

ent

is 

made

 by oth

er than air 

ump

ires,

the

air ump

ire

involved

  will mak

e

an

evaluat

ion

of 

other

a

spects of the

attack

a

nd include

it in the a

ir u

mpire's fin

al

rep

ort.

Where

 an a

ir

umpire

is  pre

sent

o

n the g

round and

a gr

ound

u

mpire

is

prese

nt,

the

 follo

wing system c

an 

be

use

d: 

A

c

ommon fr

equency

must

be

a

vailable

to  ba

ttalion

umpire

s and

air contro

l

team um

pires with

the  batta

lion. A

 

sec

ond freq

uency must

be

 

availabl

e

be

tween those

air ump

ires w

ho are f

lying

and tho

se wh

o

a

re on the

groun

d

w

ith

a

ir c

ontrol

t

eams.

Wh

en an

immedia

te

or prepla

nned mis

sion

is req

uested, inf

ormation

 wil

l

be

rel

ayed to op

posing for

ces thr

ough the 

assistant battalion

umpire, 

temporarily

l

ocated

with

 Aggres

sor.  The inform

a

tion will in

clude the

num

ber and t

ype

of 

aircraf

t,

a

rmament,

 

coo

rdinates

of

targ

et, and

time

of 

ar

rival at

targ

et.

5

Page 57: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 57/192

U

p

on

 

re

ce

ip

t

of

  i

nf

or

m

at

io

n f

ro

m

  t

he

 

as

sis

ta

nt

 b

at

ta

lio

n

 um

p

ir

th

ba

tta

li

on

 

u

m

pi

re

 w

ill

  n

o

tif

th

u

mp

ir

o

f t

he

 

u

n

it

in

  th

ta

rg

e

t a

rea

 

T

hi

s m

ay

be 

a

 su

bo

rd

in

a

te

u

ni

w

i

th

in

 th

e b

a

tta

lio

n

 

o

h

ig

he

r h

ea

d

qu

ar

te

rs

 d

ep

en

d

ing

 

on

 

th

e

  pr

op

o

se

d

ta

rg

e

t.

A

t

 

th

e

 t

im

e

 of

 th

st

ri

ke

  th

um

p

ir

w

ith

 

t

he

 

un

it 

m

a

rk

s th

s

tr

ik

e wi

th

 a

 

sm

o

ke

 

grenade. 

He

makes

an 

estimate 

of 

ca

su

al

tie

s

an

d

  da

m

ag

es

 

a

nd

 

fo

rw

a

rd

the

m

 

to

 

t

he

 

ba

tt

ali

on

 u

m

pir

e.

Th

e a

ir

 

um

p

ire

  f

ly

in

w

it

th

e  s

tr

ik

e

no

tif

ie

th

a

ir

 

c

on

tr

ol

 

te

am

 um

p

ir

e

of

 

his

  es

ti

m

ate

s

o

c

as

ua

lti

es

 

an

da

m

 

ages.

The 

battalion  umpire with  the 

ad

vi

ce

  o

f

th

e

  a

ir

 

c

o

nt

ro

l t

ea

m

  um

p

ir

w

il

co

rr

el

at

th

c

lai

m

s

an

d

 

m

a

ke

 

a

 

f

in

al

 as

se

ss

m

en

t o

ca

su

al

tie

a

nd

 da

m

 

ag

e

s.

Th

is

 

in

fo

rm

a

tio

n

 w

il

l

be

 

re

la

ye

d

 

to

 

th

e

un

it

 

t

hr

ou

gh

  g

ro

un

d

  u

m

pi

re

 

channels  and

to 

the 

air 

unit 

through 

A

ir

 F

o

rc

e c

ha

nn

e

ls 

n

 

th

os

e  c

as

es

 wh

e

re

 

t

he

  a

ss

is

ta

nt

  b

at

 

ta

li

on

  um

p

ir

e

i

s

no

lo

ca

te

w

ith

  t

he

 

A

g

gr

es

so

r

un

it

 a

nd

 A

g

gr

es

so

r ca

lls

 

f

or

 

an

  a

ir

 

s

tri

ke

 

in

fo

rm

a

tio

n

  in

dic

a

ted

 

above

will 

be 

provided 

from Aggressor 

he

ad

q

ua

rt

er

s

to

 

um

p

ir

e

he

a

dq

ua

rt

er

s

th

en

ce

  d

ow

n

 

to

 

th

e b

a

tta

li

on

 

um

p

ire

 

inv

o

lv

ed

 

Z »

)

In

 

air

bo

r

ne

  op

e

ra

tio

gr

o

un

d

a

n

d  a

ir

u

m

pi

re

s

w

ill

  ju

dg

e

 

th

ei

r  r

es

pe

c

tiv

e c

om

 

po

ne

n

ts

th

ro

ug

ho

u

t

th

e

 

m

a

ne

uv

er

 

G

as

 

5 2

Page 58: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 58/192

u

a

lt

ie

s

t

o  a

ir

cr

af

a

nd

 cr

ew

s

 

w

il

e

 as

 

s

es

se

b

y  a

ir

 

um

p

ir

es

,

a

nd

  c

a

su

al

ti

es

 

to

 

ai

rb

or

n

e

lem

e

n

ts

 

w

i

ll b

e

 

a

ss

es

se

b

g

r

ou

n

um

p

i

re

s, 

if

 

a

p

pr

o

pr

ia

te

.

A

n

casualties to 

airborne 

elements 

will 

be 

re

st

or

ed

 

pr

io

r t

re

a

ch

in

g

 

t

he

 

dr

o

p

zo

ne

.

C

o

or

di

n

ati

o

n o

f

 

O

u

t

o

f

 

A

c

ti

on

 

w

i

ll

p

re

sc

ri

be

d

 by

 

th

e

 

ch

ie

ar

m

y u

m

p

ir

f

o

g

r

ou

n

eq

u

ip

m

en

an

d

 th

e

c

hi

ef

 a

ir

 u

m

 

pi

re

 

fo

r

 

a

i

rc

ra

ft

 

a

n

d  r

el

at

ed

 

A

ir

 F

o

rc

e

equipment.

 2

)

A

ir

 U

m

p

ir

e.

 

T

he

 

ai

r

um

p

i

re

 w

il

l

um

p

i

re

 

t

he

 

f

ol

lo

w

in

g:

A

ll

 

ai

r-

to

-a

ir

 co

n

ta

ct

s.

Da

m

a

ge

 

w

il

l be

 

a

ss

es

ed

 i

n a

c

co

rd

an

c

e

w

ith

 

d

am

a

ge

 as

se

ss

 

m

en

t

t

ab

le

s.

All troop carrier

responsibilities

in 

the

a

ir

bo

rn

e

 

as

sa

u

lt

 

or

  l

og

is

ti

c s

u

pp

o

rt

.

  ?

)   E

f

fe

ct

iv

en

es

o

f

ea

c

h a

ir

 a

tt

ac

k

, b

ot

h

 

air

-

t

o-

a

ir 

an

d

 

ai

r-

to

-g

ro

u

nd

,

e

xp

re

ss

e

d

i

p

er

ce

nt

ag

e

.

W

h

er

e a

ir

-to

-

gr

ou

n

t

ar

g

et

a

re

 

in

vo

lv

e

d,

 th

e

ai

r u

m

p

ir

e

w

i

th

 a

 f

lig

h

transmits 

to  umpire operations 

through

ai

r u

m

p

ire

 

c

ha

n

ne

ls

 

th

fo

llo

w

in

g

 i

n

fo

m

at

io

n

pr

io

t

ta

ke

o

ff

:

T

im

e o

f

ta

k

eo

ff

.

E

st

im

a

te

d

t

im

e

 

o

f

 a

rr

iv

a

l

a

t t

ar

g

et

.

N

um

b

e

r a

n

ty

p

e o

f

a

ir

cr

af

t.

 

T

yp

o

f

a

rm

a

m

e

nt

.

M

i

ss

io

a

nd

 sp

e

ci

fic

  t

ar

g

et

s.

C

he

m

ic

al

 

a

ge

n

t, i

u

se

a

nd

 

d

os

ag

e

ar

ea

 

c

ov

er

ed

.

A

ll

 ae

ri

al

 

re

co

n

na

is

sa

n

ce

 m

i

ss

io

n

s, b

ot

v

is

ua

l

a

n

d ph

o

to

gr

ap

h

ic

.

 

Page 59: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 59/192

(e

)

D

a

m

a

ge

b

y

 h

os

t

ile

 

a

tt

ac

k

 to

 

a

ir

b

as

e

s a

nd

a

ir

cr

a

ft

 

o

n

 ai

rb

a

se

s

.

(

/

) O

pe

r

at

io

n

 

o

f

 t

he

 

ai

r

 

c

o

n

tr

o

l

c

e

nt

e

r. 

Logistic 

support

by 

aircraft

include:

T

h

e

 

a

pp

r

o

pr

ia

t

en

e

s

o

f

 di

re

c

ti

ve

s

 

is

su

e

d

 

f

or

 

b

ri

ng

i

n

a

ir

 s

up

p

ly

 

i

te

m

s

 

to

 l

o

ad

 

in

g

 p

o

in

ts

.

P

r

ep

a

r

at

io

n

 

of

 l

o

ad

i

n

p

l

an

s

, e

f

fe

ct

iv

e

 

n

e

ss

  o

c

o

m

b

at

 l

oa

d

in

g

,

a

n

d

 

ad

e

q

ua

c

y

 

of

aircraft 

provided. 

(3

)

  A

rm

y

 

U

m

pi

re

.

 

T

h

G

r

o

un

d

 

u

m

p

ir

e

 

w

il

l

u

m

pi

re

 

t

h

fo

ll

o

w

in

g

:

(

a)

 

I

n

 ai

rb

o

rn

e

 

o

pe

r

at

io

n

s,

 th

e

 

pr

e

p

ar

a

ti

o

f

or

 e

m

p

l

an

i

ng

 a

n

d

 t

h

e

ffi

c

ie

nc

y

 

of

 l

oa

d

 

i

n

g

 

pl

a

n

in

 

su

p

p

o

rt

in

g

 ta

c

ti

ca

l

 r

e

q

ui

re

 

ments

of airborne 

forces,

the 

a

c

tu

a

j

u

m

p

 

, a

n

d

 

op

e

r

at

io

n

o

f

 t

h

ai

rb

o

r

ne

 

f

o

rc

th

e

re

a

ft

er

.

(

6

D

a

m

a

g

e

to

 g

r

ou

n

d

 

t

a

rg

e

ts

 b

y

 

at

ta

c

k

in

g

 

a

i

rc

ra

f

p

r

ov

i

d

ed

 s

uc

h

 i

n

fo

r

m

a

ti

on

 

i

s n

o

t

s

up

p

li

e

by

 

t

he

 

a

ir

 u

m

p

ir

e

 

p

a

r

ti

ci

p

at

in

g

 

i

n

 

th

e

 a

tt

ac

k

.

 

c)

 

D

a

m

a

g

to

 a

tt

ac

k

in

g

 

a

i

rc

r

af

t

 

b

y

 

g

r

ou

n

d

 

d

e

fe

n

se

s

.

W

h

e

an

 

a

ir

 

at

ta

c

k

 

on

 

g

ro

u

n

ta

r

g

et

s

i

n

cl

u

de

s

 t

h

u

se

 o

f

 a

a

t

om

ic

 

w

ea

p

on

,

 

th

e

 

ca

s

ua

l

ty

 

an

d

 

d

a

m

a

g

as

s

es

sm

en

t

s

a

r

m

a

d

e

 b

y

 t

h

u

n

i

u

m

p

i

re

 

as

 

i

n

di

c

at

e

i

p

a

r

ag

r

a

ph

 

32a.

Air

Staff

Umpires

will 

n

ot

if

y

 

U

m

p

ir

e

 

H

ea

d

q

u

ar

te

r

s

o

f

 

th

e

 

pl

a

nn

e

d

 a

tt

ac

k

.

U

ti

li

z

at

io

n

 

a

nd

 

e

f

fic

ie

n

cy

 

o

f

lo

g

is

ti

ca

l

 

s

up

p

o

rt

 

b

a

ir

.

54

Page 60: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 60/192

S e c t i o n VI

R E C O R D S

AND R E P O R T S

53 Troop Location R e p o r t s

Prompt and accurate reports

are the foundation

of umpire

control.

Although

unit

umpires

down

to

and

including

those assigned units of

company

level

submit

periodic

reports

as

prescribed by the Chief

Umpire, important changes in

the situation

or loca

tion

of

units

should

be

submitted

without delay in

the

form of special reports. Such reports should

normally include the unit

designation, location

of the

command

post,

current

mission

or employment, and

any

additional information pertaining to the

current

situation. For example: Company A, 321st In

fantry 98402450, occupying defensive position along

BIG

CKEEK from 98302462

to 98702445.

54 Daily

Report

A daily

report

on

unit

operations

will be prepared

by all unit

umpires

and submitted to

the Chief

Um

pire through umpire channels of command. The

report will cover

a

period of 24

hours.

The

period

to

be

covered, the

time

of

submission

and any

special

comments or recommendations desired will be

pre

scribed

by the

Chief Umpire.

An

example of a

daily

report is shown in figure 2.

55 Artillery Control F o r m s

Fire

marker teams and fire

marker

control teams

will

keep a

record of artillery fires and atomic bursts.

This

record

will

be

kept

on

a

form

similar

to

the

ar

tillery control

log

maintained

at

artillery fire

direc

tion

centers.

Page 61: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 61/192

H S A M U U t T K R S I MF I B E Q R O U P

HQ5RCISE__________

D U L Y

U t t l R B

R E P O R T

5 M a y 1952

Date

For period: 041200 May

to

051200 M a y

Unit U mpired:

Company

A, 321th Infantry

Location of front line•

at

close of period:

(Pldcoke

sheet, 1:50,000)

F T O B

5^3626 to 5W27

Location of unit

CF

if applicable)

Pldcoke «heet,

1:50,000,516630

Ukplred by Jon«»,

John A. Capt, Infantry

1.

a. What was

the primary

Bission

of the unit during the

period (Give

suaaary

of operation*)

a.

Attack and

selie

high

ground

vicinity Pidcoke (5^2626).

Continue

attack

and

seize

crossing

over

LaBpass

River___

(3^6627) upon order. (Unit attacked 050*00

and

by

O511't5

had seized initial objective.

laaedlate

plana vere made

for

defense againat counterattaelc. Unit nov preparing to

continue attack tovard objective2).

b. What

pertinent

tactical or administrative

problena

arose

which

affected

the amnner in

which

the

unit carried out

Ita BisslonT

b. Hone______________________________________

2. Coavent

on

the

Banner

in which the unit accomplished its

Bis-

sion and

handled concurrent

problem.

Explain

what the

pri-

Bary

factors were which contributed to the

success

or failure

of the Bission,

e.g.,

tactics, cocmand, supply, unit training

to Include

chemical

and

atomic.

Individual

training

to Include

cheBical and atcalc, intelligence

leadership.

1ACTIC3:

Plan

well

prepared, orders

clear and copjpleta,

execution

of maneuver conforaed exactly with plan. Advantage_____

taken

of

covered

routes of approach, use

of cover

and

concealBent

was

excellent,

dispersion

excellent.

Defense

of

objective,

follow

ing capture,

was

well planned and tlaely.__________________

Page 62: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 62/192

C O

M M M

D s

Uft

it  coas

Muad

er

cont

l^uo

MPly

 kept

 

ve

il

f

orwa

rd

c

o

ctro

i

of

 

s.11

  sloM

snts

  tJ>r

°  gh

 

s,lJL

p**n

ns of C

O M  

•ua

lcatl

oo.

  Con

fide

nt «

nd f

irm

in

 

li

min

g o

rds

rs and

 

Bati

ng a«cl

-

con

stan

t

c

once

rn

for

w

elfa

re of

 »ep

.

SUFF

IX:

Ba

sic

load

s ve

re c

o»p

l«te.

 

All

co«a

»nfl

«ri to

ok

po»

ltiT

» »ctlo

n

to rep

len

i»h

oth

er «u

pplj

 

«ho

rt»g

ei.___

__

___

__

UIIT 

TRA IH IBO: Coordlnatioa

bgtveen

unit*.

«»ployment

of 

»up

por

tlna v

eapo

ui «

nd

»pe

ed 

v

lth

vfai

ch

o

rde

ri

c

arrie

d ou

i

ndlc

tttd

 exc

ellen

t tr

aini

ng.

 ___

__

___

___

___

__

___

___

__

__

IB

D IV

IDUU

. T

RA1H

IH G

: Ind

ivid

ual

 vea

poni

 

in exc

elle

nt

co

ndi

tion

, pro

per t

igh

t ge

tting

i,

goo

d di

ep«r

»ioa

 

a

nd

caa

oufla

g*

di.c

ipli

ne._

___

___

__

___

___

__

___

___

___

__

___

___

___

__

U fT

KLL I

GEM

CE: I

ndlv

ldxi

ala

ve

ry

«

ecur

ity

con

»cio

u».

F O W

i

pr

o«pt

ly torc

hed

 and 

»eg

rega

t«d, 

c

aptu

red

doc

uaen

ti

asse

ssed

 

d

urin

g p

erio

d:

a P

erso

nnel

 

D ead

. 7  S

eriou

sly

w

oun

ded. 6

sligh

tly_

___

_

vou

nded

___

___

___

____

___

___

___

___

____

__

__

_

b

. M

a.lo

r ite

n» of

 eq

uipm

ent:

  o

ne

£-t

on

ve

hicl

e

tota

lly 

dest

roye

d._

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

____

If.

O

ther r

e_ar

k«:

M y

d

rive

r

Pvt

Doe

 

in

jure

d

in

fal

l

a

nd

C Tm

e

uated 

to 22d

yield

EYBC .

Hosp . 

Incident 

oceured 

1 9 C O

hours 

04

M ay at

coo

r.

5U

36

28 _

__

___

___

___

___

___

__

___

___

C

ont

inue

d.

57

Page 63: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 63/192

C H A P T E R 4

FIRE

P O W E R

AND LOSS

AS S ES S M EN T

S e c t i o n I

FIRE

POWER

56

Fire

Power

A

unit

or element

thereof

should

be

permitted

to

advance

only after the umpire has carefully con

sidered the

tactical

factors involved

(pars

31 and

32).

One of these

factors

is

fire power.

In order

to

establish

a basis for computing fire power

in

a tactical

exercise,

a

numerical

rating

is

assigned

each

weapon.

The

numerical rating, or fire power

score,

for

a

par

ticular weapon is

based

on the type, caliber, range,

and

effectiveness of that

weapon

in comparison

with

other weapons (par.

57).

The fire

power

of a unit

may be computed as shown

in

paragraph 58. In

addition,

fire

power

must

be

associated

with

maneu

ver as

indicated in below. A simple infantry fire

power

computer,

applicable

to

both

United States

and Aggressor

fires, for

use by

unit umpires is

described

in

appendix

V. The

effects of an atomic

burst are calculated by

the staff officers

of the

special

weapons subsection at Umpire Headquarters (app.

II,

par.

A combat

element should

be

permitted to

ad

vance only when

it has decisive superiority of fire.

58

Page 64: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 64/192

T

his superiority

should seldom be less

than to 1

and ge

nerally should be 3

or 4 to 1 . If

th

e defende

r

has

good cover and fields

of

fire,

there

should be no

hesitation

in

requiring

a

superiority 

of 5

to

1

or

even

mo

re.

In

a

 surprise flank attack,

the defend

er

m

ay

fail to u

se

his fire

 pow

er completely, m

ay be so

dis

posed that

 

he cann

ot

use

  it, or

 may be unable

to

con

trol and

coordinate

it properly. In such a

case

the

attacker may

be

pe

rmitted

to advance

with

a

n

ominal or apparent

fi

re

power no greater than th

at

of

the

defender. Appli

ed

fire

  power—that is, f

ire

power actually

brought to

bear on the opposing

force—

is the princi

pal basis  for the umpire's 

de

cis

ions.

In tactical

exercises advan

tages of man

euver

m

ay

be

recognized by award

ing

premiu

ms for

maneu

ver 

as

follows:

(1) Th

e fire

power

score,

based

 

on weap

ons

involved,

to

a

unit

in

a

fr

ontal

attack.

(2)

the actual fire

power score if

the unit

attack

s by

fire

and also

maneuvers a 

portio

n

o

f

its

force

to

strike

th

e opposing

force other

than

frontally.

(3)

times

the

a

ctual

fire

 power sc

ore

if

a

unit

make

s

a

coordinated

a

ttack

after having

maneuvered

a

por

tion of

its 

forc

e

t

o strike

the

 

flank or rear of

the

opposing

force

.

59

Page 65: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 65/192

Page 66: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 66/192

C

ontinued

Weapons

120& 150-mm Mor

ta

rs

.

105-mm

Howitzer_

150& 180-mm How-

75

&

80-mm Pack

Howitzers

106-mm Re

coilless

Rifle______

______

1

05

&

120-mm TK

&

  AT Guns___

___

4

0-mm Gun

Dual

Mt

d._._

____

_

M

6 Cal .50 Qua

d

Mtd_.

__________

300

yds

20

20

25

15

20

20

16

40

500

yds

20

20

25

15

20

20

1 6

40

7 0 0

yds

20

20

25

15

20

20

1 f

i

40

9 0 0  

yds

20

20

25

15

20

20

16

40

1.100

yds

2

0

20

25

15

20

20

16

40

1,300

yds

20

2

0

25

1 5

20

20

1 6

40

1,500

yds

20

20

25

15

2

0

20

16

40

Over

1,500

yds

20

20

25

15

20

20

1 6

40

58

Fire

Power

of

Uni ts

Be

cause of the

time element

involved,

i

t is often

 

impra

cticable f

or

an

 umpire 

to

ta

bulate

the

 fire power

of all

weapon

s

individually.

Therefore, it is

more

desirab

le

to

deter

mine the colle

ctive

fire

po

wer of

each unit

p

rior

to

the start of

the ex

ercise

so

that the

umpire

can readily c

ompare the fire power of

 

o

ppos 

ing

uni

ts. Unit ump

ires must mainta

in an

ac

curate 

record of effective

fire  pow

er

at all

times.

To

ac

complish thi

s, he must

adjust

the in

itial fire power

of the

unit

involved

by

the

percentage

of the

unit's

losses

 as well as

its replaceme

nts.

5.

The fire

power score of any

unit

ca

n be d

eter

m

ined by

adding

the f

ire power

score

of

each of the

61

Page 67: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 67/192

organi

c weapo

ns of

the 

unit. I

n order to

 simp

lify

initia

l

comp

utatio

ns of fire

 

pow

er,

the

 Exe

rcise

D

i

rec

tor m

ay autho

rize 

that

the

co

llectiv

e

fire p

ower

score

of 

all

similar

type

units

be

based

on

100 

percent

T

OE w

eapon

s or

on the a

verag

e n

umber

 

of

auth

or

i

zed

weap

ons on

hand

. Ot

herwis

e, th

e

co

llective

 

f

ire po

wer

score o

f a unit wi

ll be b

ased

o

n

th

e org

anic

weap

ons

actua

lly in

the unit

. Th

e ini

tial fi

re po

wer

scor

es for

pa

rticipa

ting u

nits sho

uld b

e repr

oduce

d

for

us

e of th

e umpi

res.

For sim

plicity

uni

t

fir

e

pow

er

scores

shou

ld 

be

 exp

ressed

 

in

mu

ltiple

s of 10.

Th

e fire

 po

wer sc

ore of attac

hed

or s

uppor

ting unit

s

sho

uld be

added

 

t

o that

of 

the

s

uppor

ted un

it. O

nly

those un

its

actua

lly enga

ged in

  th

e fire

 fig

ht or in 

p

ositio

n

to

sup

port

the attac

k, will

be c

onside

red.

T

he

t

otal

fire po

wer

of a un

it is

redu

ced d

uring

 

the

op

eration

by a

ccumu

lated

losses.

The comp

utation

 

of

 losses is

discus

sed in p

aragra

plis 6

7

throu

gh 77.

T

he

f

ire

powe

sc

ores of Un

ited S

tates

infa

ntry

u

nits b

ased o

n 100 

per

cent of autho

rized

 we

apons 

are

as

  fol

lows: (A

ctual

c

ompu

tations

 

are

 

shown

  in 

pare

nthese

s). T

his

cha

rt

ill

ustrat

es

the

use of

 fire

power

scores

of 

individual

weapons

(par.

5 7 ) 

to

ob

tain uni

t fir

e po

wer s

cores. (See

app. V 

for

 

c

om

pu

ter.)

62

Page 68: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 68/192

Un

it

57-mm

Recoilless R

ifle

Section.

Heav

y

Weap

on

Company.

Mac

hinegun Platoon......

300

yds

775

(774)

190

(102)

50

10

(12)

 t

o

50

(48)

20

 |

30

(30 )

200

(198)

4 0

(40 )

110

(110)

(48 )

50 0

yds

775

(7

7 4 )

190

(192)

50

(48 )

(12)

10

(12)

50

(48 )

20

 »Q

30

(30 )

20 0 

(198)

4 0

( 4 0 )

(110)

50

(48 )

700

y

ds

610

(612)

(13 8 )

3 0

(30)

5

(«)

10

(12)

50

(4 8

)

20

3 0

(30 )

200

(198)

4 0

(40)

110

(110 )

(48)

9 0 0

yds

610

(612)

140

  138 )

30

(30)

5

(6)

10

  1 2)

50

(48)

20

(18)

30

(30)

200

(198) 

4 0

(40 )

110

(110)

(48)

1,100

yds

4 3 0

(432)

80

(78)

10

(12)

(12)

50

(48 )

20

 Q

30

(30)

2 0 0

(198)

4 0

(40)

110

(110)

(4 8 )

1,300

yds

390

  387)

65

(63)

5

(«)

(6)

(48 )

20

(18)

30

(30)

200

(198 )

4 0

(40 )

110

(110)

50

(48 )

1,500

yds

39 0

(387)

65

(63)

5

(

6)

(6)

50

(48)

20

/

30

(30)

200

(198)

4 0

(40)

110

(110)

(48 )

Over

1 ,500

yds

(286)

30

(30)

30

(30)

30

(30)

20 0  

(198

)

4 0

(4 0 )

110

(110)

50

(48)

63

Page 69: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 69/192

Unit

Headquarters & Service

Reconnaissance

Plat.

300

yds

800

(800)

 

1 6 0

(152)

9 0

(92)

2 0

(20)

5 0

(50)

1 0

(10)

1 0

(1 2 )

60

(60)

1 6 0

(162)

4 0

(42 )

(10)

1 0

(12 )

35

(3 6 )

500

yds

800

(800)

1 5 0

 

(152)

9 0

(92)

2 0

(20)

50

(50)

10

(1

0)

10

(12)

60

(60)

16 0

(162)

40

(42)

10

(10)

(12)

35

(36)

700

yds

61 0

(611)

140

(143)

80

(83)

15

(16

)

5 0

(50)

(5 )

10

(12

)

6

0

(60)

10 5

(117

)

30

(27

)

5

(5 )

(12)

35

(36

)

900

yds

6 1 0

(611)

1 4 0

(143)

8 0

(83)

1 5

(Ifi)

50

(50)

(5 )

10

(12)

60

(60)

10 5

(117 )

30

(27)

5

(5)

(

12)

35

(36)

1 ,1 00

yds

420

(422)

135

(134)

70

(74)

10

(12)

5

0

(50)

10

(1

2 )

60

(60)

7 0

(72 )

1 0

(

1 2 )

(12)

35

(36)

1 ,300

yds

3

45

(344

)

130

(1 2

8)

70

(6

8)

5

(6)

5 0

(50)

10

(12)

60

(60)

5 5

(

54)

5

(6 )

(6)

35

(36)

1 ,5 00

yds

345

(344)

1 3 0

(128

)

7 0

(68 )

5

(6 )

50

(50)

 

1 0

(12)

(60)

5 5

(54)

(6 )

5

(6)

35

.

(

36 )

Over

1 ,500

yds

266

(26 )

1 2 0

(122)

6 0

( 62 )

5 0

(50)

10

( 12 )

60

(60)

35

(36)

35

( 36 )

64

Page 70: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 70/192

Un

it

B

attali

on

--....

..

Rifl

C

ompa

ny....

..

Ride

Plat

oon..

.

Rif

le Squ

ad 

.

.  

...

Weap

ons

Squa

d... .

Weapons

Platoon

.

60-mm

  M

ortar Se

ction

.. . .

5

7-mm

 

Ro

coille

ss R

ifle

Se

c.

He

avy W

eapo

ns

Com

 

pany

.

Mac

hineg

un plato

on.

.

.

A

ntitan

k Plat....

.

Mor

tar Pla

toon

300

y

ds

72

0

(720)

1 75

(174)

40

 42

)

1 0

 

10)

1 0

 12)

50

(48)

2 0

(1

8)

3 0

(30)

20(1

(

198)

40

(40

)

1 1 0

(1 1

0)

5

0

48)

50 0

y d

s

7

20

(720) 

1 75

(1

74 )

4

0

 42)

1 0

(1 0

)

1 0

 12)

50

(48

)

2

0

 18)

3 0

 30

)

2 00

1 1

88)

40

 40

)

1 1 0

(1 1 0

)

 4

8)

700

 

yds

58

5

(585)  

1 30

(

129)

2 5

 27)

 

5

(5

)

1 0

 12)

 

50

(48)

2 0

 18

)

3 0

 3

0)

2 00

(

1 98)

40

 4

0)

1 1 0

(

1 10)

50

48

)

90

0

yds

5 8 5

(585)

1

3 0

 129)

25

 27)

5

(5 )

 

1 0

 12)

50

 48)

2 0

(1

8)

30

 30

)

200

(1 98)

40

 40)

1 1 0

(1 10)

50

 

48)

1

,100 

yds

Je

n

9

0U

(450)

85

(84)

1 0

(12)

1 0

 12

)

50

 48)

2 0

(18)

30

(3 0

)

2 00

 198

)

40

 40

)

1 1 0

(110) 

50

48)

1 ,3

00

y

ds

39

5

 396) 

65

(06)

5

(6 )

5

 6)

50

 48)

2 0

(1 8

)

3 0

 3

0)

2

00

(1

98)

40

 4

0)

1 1 0

(

11 0)

50  

4

8)

1

,500 

yds

395

 396)

6

5

 66)

5

)

5

 

6)

50

 48)

2 0

 18)

30

 30

)

200

(1 98)

40

 40)

1 1 0

(no

)

50

48)

O

ver

1

,500

y

ds

2 9 0

(2 2 8)

3 0

 30

)

30

(30)

3 0

 3

0)

2 0

0

(1 88)

40

 40)

1 1 0

(110)

 

50

48)

.

' 557:

 4 O —

 55

65

Page 71: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 71/192

Armament o

f Aggresso

r units i

s

listed

in FM

 

30-

102. In

 

computing

the fire pow

er scores for

these

units,

only those

 

weapons

that normall

y engage in

fire

fights a

re considered. As

in

the computation

 for

 

United States

units, 

t

he weapons

carried by lea

ders,

he

adquarters pe

rsonnel,

and

individual

weapons ca

r

ried by we

apons crews are

not counted.

The

fire

power

scores

of

Aggresso

r rifle units

based on above

are as i

n

tables

V throu

gh VII.

Unit

MQ

Co

.-..--...-..

MQ Plat ....

......

MG

Sq. .

-------

Mort Fl

at...

..

.....

AT

 Co----.-.------

AT

P

lat-..--....-..

1 00

yds

1 5

/iq\

1 5

(13)

30 0

yds

(693)

1 2 0

(120)

30

f )A\

1 0

(10)

90

(90)

3

0

(30)

(10)

110

(108)

35

(36)

135

(135)

(45)

5 0 0

yds

69 5

(693)

(12

0)

30

(30)

1 0

(10)

9 0

(9 0 )

3 0

(3

0)

1 0

(10)

1 1 0

( 10 8 )

35

(36

)

135

(135)

4 5

(45)

700

yds

(5.18)

(75)

(15)

5

(5)

9 0

(90)

30

(30)

10

(10)

(1

08) 

35

(36)

135

(135)

(45)

9 0 0

yds

(558)

75

(75)

(IS)

5

(5)

(9 0 )

30

(30)

10

(10)

(108)

35

(36)

13 5

(135)

(45)

1,100

yds

4 2 5

(4 2

3) 

30

(30)

9

0

(90)

30

(30)

10

(10)

no

(108)

35

(36)

135

(135)

45

(45)

1,300

yd

s

42 5

(423)

(30)

90

(90)

30

(30)

10

(10)

(108)

35

(3fi)

135

(135)

(45)

1,500

yds

42 5

(423)

/O

A\

9 0

(

90)

30

(30)

10

(10

)

(108

)

35

(36)

13 5

(

135)

(45)

over 

1,500

yds

(108)

( 10 8 )

35

(36)

66

Page 72: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 72/192

Unit

Battalion .

.......

M

O Co _ ..

M U P

lat.

Mort Plat.....

..

AT

Co...........

.... ....

AT

 

P

lat...........

... ....

300

 

yd

s

630

(628)

  9 0

(30)

10

  10)

90

(om

30

r a o

108 )

35

(3

6)

60

  6 0)

30

(30

)

500

yds

630

(628)

(90)

 30)

1 0

  10)

90

f

om

30

  30)

(108

)

3 5

(36)

6

0

  6 0)

3 0

 30)

7

00

yds

395

(393 )

(45)

(15)

  5)

9 0

30

(30)

110

  IDS)

35

 

36 )

60

  6 0)

30

(30)

900

yds

395

  393)

 4 5)

 

15)

  5)

90

/Qf»\

30

(30)

 108 )

35

(36)

60

(60)

3 0

  3 0 1

1,100

yds

260

  25S)

9

0

(9

0 )

3 0

(30 )

1 1 0

(108)

3 5

(3 6)

60

(60)

30

(30)

1 ,300

yd

s

2 6 0

(258)

90

Co

m

30

 30)

110

(108

)

35

(3

6)

60

  6 0)

30

(30

)

1 ,500

yds

260

  2 5

8 )

90

(90

)

30

(30)

1 1

0

(1

08 )

3 5

(36)

60

  6 0)

30

 30)

Ov

er

1,

500

yds

1 1 0

(108 )

1 1 0

(10

8 )

3 5

(36)

This

battalion

is

 foun

d in mec

hanized rifle reg

iments and the medium

tan

k

regimen

t of

mechanized

 

div isions, and

  in

 

the

motorized rifle re

giment and

th e 

medium

tank r

egiments of

tank

divi

sions.

59

  Eff

ect of Artiller

y on F

ire

Powe

r

Eff

ective c

ounterbat

tery fir

e

n

eutralizes

 oppos

ing a

rtillery

units

for the duratio

n of 

the concentr

a

tio

n and for

a limited

 

time

afte

r the fire ha

s

c

eased.

Arti

llery fire neut

ralizes 

the fire p

ower o

f in

fantr

y t

roops

w

ithin

the im

pact area (par

.

4 4 ) fo

r

the

duration 

of

the

fire.

An

 

atom

ic

burst

ne

utralizes

 the

 fire

pow

er,

ar

tillery

or i

nfantry, in accord

ance

with 

the

p

ercent

casualt

y and d

amage effects i

ndicated

on

 

th

e effects

ove

rlay, (app.

VII) and

 

la

ter

assessed

by the unit

 

umpire.

67

Page 73: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 73/192

Un

it

Rifle Plat

...... — .

MO Co—

_____--

---

MO Plat . ..

 

Mort

Plat.. .. .

.

AT C o. .... —

— — .

AT

Pla

t . -----

----

100

yds

(

19)

300

yds

830

  828 )

  1 65 )

40

  3 9 )

(13

)

(18)

9

(80)

3

(3

0)

no

(108)

(3 6)

13

5

( 135 )

(45)

500

yds

830

  828)

1 6 5

 

1 6 5 )

40

/oq\

(1

3)

20

 1Q

\

B O

(90)

3

(30)

110

( 108 )

35

(36)

1

3 5

(135)

(45)

7 0 0

yds

7 9 5

  6 9 3 )

120

(122)

25

  2 4 )

(8 )

(18)

9

(90)

3

(30

)

1 1 0

( 10 8 )

35

(3 6 )

1 3 5

 1 35 )

(45)

9 0 0

yd

s

650

 

648)

1 0 5

 

. 1 0 5 )

 

15 )

5

(

5)

 IS)

9

(90)

3

(30)

1 1 0

(108)

( 3 6 )

1 3 5

( 135 )

(45)

1 , 100

yd

s

425

  423)

3 0

(in i

9

(90) 

3

(30)

1 1 0

(108)

35

(3 6)

135

(1 3

5)

(45)

1

,300

yds

3 3 5

  3

33 )

90

(90)

3

(30)

1 1 0

(1

0 8 )

(36)

1 3 5

(135)

(45)

1 ,5 0 0

yds

33

5

  333 )

9

(90)

3

(30)

1 1 0

(108)

  3 6) 

1 3

5

(135)

(4

5)

Over

1 ,500

yd

s

1 1 0

(1 0

8)

 

1 1 0

(108)

(36)

-

-----

60.

f fec t of

  T

ank

and

Self Prope

lled Guns

on

In

fantry Fire

Power

O bserv

ed

fire of

tan

k

or se

lf-propell

ed 

guns

n

eu

tralizes

  the  fire

pow

er

of

dismo

unted troops an

d all

o

ther fire

power

 

not locat

ed

in  armored 

vehicles 

or

complet

ed bu

nkers, f

or

t

he duration

 of the

 

obser

ved

fire. Ne

utralizati

on shou

ld be lim

ited to area

bein

g

f

ired

upon; other

troops sh

ould

contin

ue to

fire

.

61. f fec t

of

Ground  Weapo

ns Agains

t Ar

mor

The

  following

 

g

round we

apons

are consi

dered

effectiv

e agai

nst

ar

mored

vehicle

s

a

t rang

es  indi

 

cated

 

:

68

Page 74: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 74/192

W eapons and

ammunition

Caliber .50

57-mm, Gun,

AP; 57-mm Re -

coilless

Rifle

HEAT.

40-mm AA Gun

AP.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

75-mm

or

larger Gun,

Howitzer,

or

R ecoilless

R ifle,

AP, HE,

or

HEAT.

3.5"

Rocket

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

R ifle and

Grenade

Launcher

Antitank

Grenade.

Atomic

Bursts

("See effects

overlay").

M axim u m

effective range

(yds)

Scout

cars

and gun

carriers

500

800

1,000

1,000

200

<75

1,700

L ight tanks,

selt-pro-

pelled

guns,

full

track

armd. inf.

veh.

  800

400

1,000

200

• 1 7 5

1,700

Medium

tanks

b

400

n,

o o o

200

1,700

• Hits

at

this

range

will not destroy but may immobilize.

b

Flank

and rear only.

c 75-mm

not effective

against

medium

tanks.

Not effective

against moving

targets

at ranges over 50 yards.

Unarmored

vehicles

are vulnerable to all

weap

ons within effective

range.

Atomic burst effects

on

armor will be

furnished

by the umpire, after referring to his effects overlay."

62 Fire Duels

a. Fire

duels at great

range

are

difficult

to

umpire.

Losses

are

assessed

only

when,

in

the opinion

of

the

umpire,

a fair decision

can be made (par. 39). Guns

of vehicles

in

motion

are effective

only

when

equipped

with

gyrostabilizers

and

then the effectiveness

is

25

percent

of

a stationary gun of the same type.

69

Page 75: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 75/192

Gun

s

of

 

comp

arable size are sco

red

on

 the basis

of

p

osition as

follows:

(1)

Gr

ound gu

n behind n

atural or

ar

tificial

cover— 3.

(2)  Vehicular-mounted

  gun (armore

d)  behind

natural

or

artificial cover—

4.

 3

)

Gro

und gun unprotect

ed by natural or a

rti

ficial

c

over— 2 .

(

4)

Vehicular-mou

nted gun

(armor

ed) unpro

tected by natural or

artificial cover—

3.

< ?

Guns

must be

la

id

accurately

on the tar

gets.

If

blank am

munition is not

available, a red flag m

ust

be

waved

to 

simulat

e firing.

A collective

 

score

method may

b

e used if

the

num

ber of guns

and/or vehic

les

en

gaged in the

 

fir

e

due

l

is

sufficient to render

the foregoing method

of 

scoring impracticable.

The

umpire

determines

the 

total

score

of each s

ide and rules all

or a portion of

the

weaker side destroy

ed.

Te

rrain, tactical employ

 

ment, and

duration of the action

are

considered,

losses to t

he stronger side are asses

sed in the in

verse

ratio o

f the tot

al

scores.

United States

score, 

40; 

Aggressor

score, 30;

twenty

Aggressor

ve

hicles ru

led destroyed; three-f

ourths of 20,

or 1 5 of

the United States

vehicles

ru

led

destroyed.

When

tanks maneuver

against

t

anks, the loss

es

are co

mputed in the inve

rse ratio of pa

rticipating

tanks of the

oppo

sing forces.

 

A

 

medium tank is con

sidered the equivalent of 

li/j

light

tanks.

United States,

 10 

medium and 1 5 light tanks;

Ag

gres

sor, 20 light ta

nks; losses are comp

uted in the

 

rat

io of two

United States

tanks

to

three Aggressor

Tanks.

7

0

Page 76: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 76/192

/. W

hen nece

ssary to stop

  an a

rmored fire

duel

to make

a de

cision

a

s to the resu

lts,

the um

pire

d

is 

plays

a b

lue flag.

63

Mines and

Bo

oby Traps

To r

eceive cr

edit for

 

c

asualties or

damages re

s

ulting  fro

m

the

simul

ated

explosio

n of p

ractice

m

ines

o

r booby

traps,

each such

 mine or booby

  t

rap

must ha

ve

been 

prop

erly e

mplaced 

and armed

. This 

restrict

ion

may

 be obviat

ed if p

ractice min

es are

not

available 

for

the

exercise;

however,

any

substitution 

th

at

is

used must

be

pl

ayed

logis

tically.

Z > In

addit

ion to

properly empla

cing and

 

ar

ing ind

ividual m

ines,  m

ine fiel

ds

must

 be

properly

 

ma

rked, re

corded,

and r

eported be

fore

the umpir

e

c

an give th

e unit credit

fo

r

th

e m

ine field.

If

practice

mines

are

not

available and

substi

tutes are

used, um

pires should b

e

furnish

ed 

the

fol

l

owing d

ata by th

e En

gineer S

ection of 

Umpire

 

H

eadquarte

rs

s

o t

hat they can estimat

e the

 

lo

gistical

requi

rements.

This

dat

a

sh

ould

b

e

f

urnished

for

each 

type of min

e

s

upposedly

 available

. T

he trans 

portation,

manpower, and

time must

be

available

to

me

et the um

pire's

logistic

al

calcula

tion

for the

unit

to

receive

cre

dit for

t

he s

ubstitute min

e field

.

(1)

Numb

er of

mines per p

ackage.

 2)

  W

eight of i

ndividual

 mines and o

f

pack

age

of mi

nes.

(3)

Nu

mber of

 m

ines per

21/4-ton truck

 with 

ll/2-to

n

tr

ailer.

(4) N

umber

of m

ines per 2i/2

-ton dump

tru

ck.

(5) 

P

ounds of

 explos

ive per m

ine.

(6)

Cap

abilities.

)

AP Mines—E

ffective

causalty

radiu

s.

7

Page 77: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 77/192

( )  AT

Mi

nes—T

ypes

of vehi

cles

and ex

tent

of

damag

es.

(7) Av

erage 

time

 

to

 em

place

.

Casualty

assessm

ents.

(1) Whe

n s

imulat

ed m

ines

with liv

e fuses

 are

u

sed, th

e umpire

 

should

 

as

sess ca

sualtie

s in

t

he fo

llowin

g

wa

ys:

Fo

r p

ressur

e act

uated AP

 m

ines, onl

y the

man

 w

ho actua

tes the

 mine i

s asse

ssed a

casua

lty.

(

) Fo

r a

t

rip wire

 actu

ated

AP min

e wit

hin

a r

adius o

10

y

ards,

men a

re asse

ssed

as 

cas

ualtie

s an

d mine d

etecto

rs are a

ssessed

 

as

 damag

ed.

For

a

press

ure a

ctuate

d AT

mine,

p

erson 

n

el withi

n a ra

dius o

f

15 yar

ds ar

ei

assessed as

casulaties 

and all m

ine de 

tect

ors

are

destro

yed.

(2)  W

hen m

anual

ly breach

ing

a min

e field

con

 

tain

ing AP

 a

nd AT m

ines,

the fo

llowin

g

m

ay be

 used:

Ass

ess on

e

casua

lty

per 50

 ya

rds of

 depth

when

United  States

Forces manaully 

bre

ach a

 t

wo lane

 path

8 feet

w

ide, on

e

c

asualty

 

pe

r

10

0 y

ards of d

epth

w

hen 

bre

aching

 a

one

l

ane

path

4 fe

et wid

e,

and

two cas

ualties

 p

er 50 yards

 of

depth

 

w

hen

breach

ing one 

8

yard

vehicl

e lane.

 

( Z > )

If

mine

field is

covered

with 

Aggressor

fire

,

c

asualt

y

asses

sment will

be h

igher.

 

?

» ) Wh

en

hast

y breac

hing

by

t

ank o

r i

nfantr

y

waves

 is

used,

 

tab

les IX

 th

rough

 

X

I

may

be

used

as

g

uides

in

asse

ssing ca

sualtie

s:

72

Page 78: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 78/192

A

P

m

ine

 den

sit

y

pe

r ya

rd

W

ave

 

2

3

4

___

___

  _

___

___

__

5

6

-_-

-__

___

-__

__

..__

___

__

7_-__-_-_-_-___--_._-_.

8

-_

--_

-__

__

---

_-_

__

.__

24

8

0

70

o

n

5

0

40

3

0

20

1

0

20

70

f iO

50

4

0

30

20

10

16

f i O

50

40

30

2

0

10

12

5

0

40

30

? n

10

8

4 n

30

2

0

10

4

30

20

in

2

2

i n

R

ates

 incr

ease

 wi

th poo

r vi

sib i

lity  a

nd

d

ecre

ase

with

 

p

oor

 cam

onfl

ag e.

AT

 

min

e

de

nsit

y p

er y

ard

W a

ve

 

3

4

3

9

0

  n

4

n

  n

2

s

o

50

30

in

i

f iO

40

  n

0

.5

30

10

0

.2

i n

Ra

tes

incr

ease

 w

ith

 

po

or 

vis ib

il ity

 and

 de

crea

se  

wi

th poo

r ca

m ou

flag

e.

Ti

me

 re

qui

red

 

to b

re

ach

 m

in

efie

ld

s.

 

1)

 

W

h

en

th

A

gg

re

sso

r m

ine

fie

lds

 

c

om

pr

ise

 

p

rac

tic

e

or 

s

im

ula

ted

  mi

nes

,

th

Un

ite

States 

troops

are 

required

to 

actually

breach

th

m

in

efie

ld

 usi

ng

 

a

pp

ro

ve

te

chn

iq

ues

.

 2

) W

he

th

e

A

gg

res

so

r  m

ine

fie

ld 

is

 

a

 

s

imu

 

la

ted

 

fie

ld

the

 

tim

e req

ui

red

 

f

or br

eac

hi

ng

 

ca

n be

  ca

lcu

la

ted

 

fro

tab

le

 

73

Page 79: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 79/192

A

ctivity

Breach

and

mark

(tracing tape)

a

3 -

5 path

through the entir

e

field,

marking

AT  mines

 

an

d

hand 

neutralizing

all AP

mines

encounte

red.

Breac

h

and m

ark (tracing t

ape)

tw o

3 -

5

paths 8 yards o

n

eith

er

side

 

of and

 parallel to cen te

r lin

e,

marking

  AT mi

nes

an

d hand

neutral

izing

AP min

es.

Breach and

mark an 8  

yard vehic

ular

lane,

m

arking AT

  mines

and hand 

neutralizing 

mines.

Uncove

r

an

d

remove by rope a

ll

AT and

AP mines p

re viously

m

arked by ab

ove

p

arties.

A

verage rate

5 0

yards per

hour

(flat,

open ter

ra in

, so

me tall

grass).

50 yar

ds per

 

hour

te

rrain

as

above)

.

5 0 ya

rds pe

r

hour

 te

rrain  as

above) 

5  

min.

 

pe

r man

per mine.

Probable

casualtie

from m in es

1 per

1 0 0 yards

of

d

epth.

1 per

5 0  

yards of de

pth.

2

per

5 0 ya

rds of

depth.

25 of rate

s sh

own

above for breaching

and 

marking (

due

mainly

 

to

 undetect

ed

a

nd unmarke

d small

nonmetal

lic mines).

64.

 

hem

icals

Smoke and 

other

nontoxic chemicals may

be

em

ploy

ed for train

ing purp

oses in

  tactical

exercise

s.

Smoke

 

on

either a unit

 or a

targ

et

r

educes

the

firepowe

r of

the unit. T

he firep

ower of

an

i

nfantry

unit is re

duced 50

percent if

th

e

un

it itself

is un

der

sm

oke

and

25 

percent if

the

tar

get

is co

vered by an

effective

smoke

concentration. The

effect

of

ob 

serv

ed artiller

y f

ire

on tar

gets

co

vered by smoke

  is 

red

uced 2 5 percen

t.

Antita

nk fire is

inef

fective

agains

t targets t

hat are

 conceale

d by smoke.

r ? . Pers

onnel in

chemi

cally contam

inated

areas a

re

re

quired

to wear

prote

ctive m asks. F

irepower

 

o

f

personnel 

wearing  protective

masks

is

reduced 

10

percent

. The

firepowe

r

of

a unit

is n

eutralize

d

durin

g deliv

ery of

a chemical

agen

t upon  th

e

un

it.

The diss

emination

 of

 toxi

ch

emical

agents by

ground

 

w

eapons

or bom

bs

is

 repres

ented

by

ig

niting

74

Page 80: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 80/192

co

lo

red

 

sm

ok

gre

na

de

s

in

 

th

im

pa

ct

  are

a

a

iu

m

a

rk

ing

 a

rti

lle

ry

 f

ire

.

(1

P

ers

is

ten

ch

em

ic

al a

ge

nt

wi

ll

be

  m

ar

ke

in the 

impact  area by 

two colored 

smoke 

gre

na

de

s

fo

r

eac

h 1

00

 y

ar

d

s

qu

are

 c

ov

ere

d.

(

2) 

N

o

np

er

sis

te

nt

c

he

mi

ca

l

ag

en

ts 

w

ill

  be

 

m

a

rke

in

th

e im

p

ac

t a

rea

 

by

 tw

o

 C

N

  te

ar

 

ga

s)

a

nd

  tw

c

olo

re

d sm

o

ke

 

gr

en

ad

es  f

or

e

ac

10

0 y

ar

d

s

qu

ar

e co

ve

red

.

Different

colored

saioke 

grenades 

should

h

e

u

se

d fo

r  p

ers

ist

en

t  a

nd

  n

on

pe

rsis

ten

t

a

gen

ts.

 

In

 

e

xer

cis

es

in  

wh

ich

 air

  la

nd

ing

s

or ai

r

d

ro

ps 

a

re

 

con

du

cte

d,

 

som

ot

he

r m

ean

s

of

 

ma

rki

ng

 

c

he

mi

cal

 

ag

en

ts 

m

ust

 be u

se

d.

(S

ee 

par

. 35

A

ir

pl

an

e

sp

ra

wi

ll m

a

rk 

ar

ea

thr

ou

gh

 

th

c

ha

ra

cte

ri

sti

cs

 of

th

s

pra

y

 

w

hi

ch

 a

re

 a

s f

ol

low

s

:

(1)

 P

ers

is

ten

t

ag

en

ts—

a

ct

ua

l s

pr

ay

 of

 M

R

 (m

o

la

ss

es re

sid

iu

m

).

(

2) 

No

n

pe

rsi

ste

nt

 a

ge

nt

s—

ac

tu

al

sp

ra

of

 C

N

 

te

ar 

g

as)

 

so

lut

ion

.

/

.

Ta

ct

ica

l us

e

of

 s

mo

ke

 w

il

l

be m

a

rke

d b

y

sm

o

ke

p

ro

du

ce

d by

 sm

o

ke

 p

ot

s o

r m

e

ch

an

ica

l s

mo

ke

 ge

ne

ra

 

t

ors

.

Ef

fec

ti

ven

es

s

of

 t

ac

tic

al

 

s

m

ok

e w

il

l

b

a

ss

ess

ed

 

ac

co

rd

ing

 to

th

ac

tu

al 

are

cov

er

ed

.

Se

c t

ion

 

I

I C

PT

UR

E

P

ER

SO

NN

E

L A

N

T

 R

I L

65

  C

ap

tu

re

 o

f P

ers

on

ne

l

The capture of United  States 

Force 

personnel

p

rov

id

es

 a

dd

ed

 re

ali

sm

 

an

als

i

mp

os

es

 

a

 

pe

n

alt

y

o

n

th

un

it b

y

r

ed

uc

ing

 i

ts 

o

pe

ra

tio

na

l e

ff

ect

iv

ene

ss

.

A

l

l A

gg

re

ss

or

tr

oo

ps

  a

re

su

bj

ec

t

to

c

ap

tu

re.

  S

e

lec

te

d

A

g

gre

ss

or

 pe

rso

nn

el

 m

ay

 be

 

in

je

cte

d  i

nto

 

th

e

Page 81: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 81/192

exercise for

capture by the United

 States Force

 

as

a part of the inte

lligence

p

lay an

d

to provide

 train

ing in the proper m

ethods of prisoner

-of-war

proc

 

essing

and

interrogation.

These

prepared

prisoners

are trained

in interrogati

on techniques,

provided

with an

A

ggressor background 

story

,

an

d

given

 in

form

ation

of

intelligence value

to release when

 

cap

tured and pro

perly interro

gated

(FM

 30-104).

Priso

ners

of

war must

be guarded 

properly to

prevent

escape 

but

are required  to respect

traced

inclosu

res as actual

and to conduct

themselves

  as

they would

in

an actual

situation under

 

g

uards armed

with live ammun

ition.

The Chief

Umpire

sho

uld arra

nge for

frequent

exchanges of

prisoners to

avoid

keeping

 too many

 

men out of

training.

When an

entire

unit

or the

major portion

thereof has been

capt

ured,

the

umpire

ma

y au

thorize

the

retention

of

 selected ind

ividuals as prisone

rs

of

 

war, and

direct

th

at the remainder

 of the

captured

personnel

be

moved

to

a

designated location

and

remain

 out of action for

a

 

specified

period of tim

e.

In suc

h

cases

,

Aggressor prepared p

risoners

should

 

make them

selves known  to

the umpire so they

 

ca

n

be

 

designated

for retention

as prisoners of wa

r to be

proc

essed.

Prisoners

of war 

will

retain

their

personal

prop

erty, individual weapons,

and equipment

during

processing. The capturing

or

holding unit must

provid

e

rations

and

emergency

m

edical care for

prisone

rs

of

 war as required.

7

6

Page 82: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 82/192

66 Ca

pture of Inst

allations

and

 

M

ateriel

(1) Eva

cuation and sur

gical

hospitals

, clearin

g

stations,

collecting

stations,

and aid

stations

which m

ay be c

aptured by

either

side are

returned

 

to

parent

units as

soon as

prac

 

ticabl

e.

  2)

Depo

ts,

s

upply p

oints,

r

ailheads,

 

distribut

ing poi

nts, and

dumps

 

ca

ptured

by either

side are ruled

 

out

of

 action

for the d

uration

of the exercis

e o

r such other

period

as

de

ter

mined b

y the Chief

Umpire

,

ft

(1) Veh

icles, we

apons,

pne

umatic  equ

ipment,

an

d

so

nic

equipme

nt (e

xcept that with

  fire

m

arker team

s) are

subj

ect to

c

apture

exc

ept

a

s note

d

in (2)

below a

nd mus

t

be

 proces

sed

with

their drivers a

nd crew

s to

avoi

d

loss

or

dam

age to g

overnme

nt p

roperty

a

nd  p

re

vent con

fusion. Ve

hicles and

 weap

ons ruled

ca

ptured

may be

held in p

lace o

ut

of

 ac

tion

for a d

esignated

 period of ti

me or they

 ma

y

be

dispatched

to 

a prisoner-of-war installa 

tion and

held there

 

f

or th

e period of

time

desi

gnated by the

umpire

. At no

time

 

w

ill

the 

driver

  or

crew

be separa

ted

from

 

the

vehic

le.

(2)

Amb

ulances, kitc

hen truck

s, rati

on trucks,

and 

mail

trucks

that 

may

be

captured  are

returne

d to

pa

rent  units

without

  dela

y.

 3)

Cargoe

s

of

 vehic

les processe

d

w

ith

prisoners

 

remai

n with the

 vehicles.

Transfer

  to othe

r

vehicl

es 

is prohibit

ed

except that

gasoline

7

7

Page 83: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 83/192

and

blank ammunition

may be

taken by the

capturing unit.

Sect ion III

C A S U A L T Y AND

DAMAGE A S S E S S M E N T

67

General

All losses that affect the progress

of

action such

as casualties in combat and service units, and

de

struction or capture of equipment, supplies, and

in

stallations are considered in

umpiring.

Z >

Platoon

and

company

umpires

keep

a

running

record of losses assessed against the units

to

which

they are assigned.

They

periodically inform

the

respective

platoon leader

and company commander

of accumulated

losses.

The fire power

of

a unit is reduced by

the

ac

cumulated

losses

assessed

against

the

unit (par.

58).

The number of assessed personnel casualties

to be

tagged

and evacuated

through

medical chan

nels

as

casualties depends upon

the

strength and

capabilities

of

participating units

and

personnel.

Generally, individuals selected

for

evacuation are

those

who

unduly

expose themselves.

Personal

property,

individual

weapons,

and equipment

are

retained by

the

individual.

The

losses

to be assessed

as

a result of

enemy

action are a matter of judgment. The relative

strength

of

the

opposing

forces is

an important

fac

tor.

Casualties and

damages

assessed as a

result

of an atomic burst may be such as

to

eliminate the

unit, installation, or activity. These losses can be

expected and

must be

played realistically.

Para

graphs 68 through 73 contain data to be

used as

a

guide.

78

Page 84: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 84/192

68

Assessment of Personnel Casualties

The

assessment

of

casualties imposes

a

penalty

on

combat units

by reducing

their

effective

strength

and

provides

training

for

medical personnel.

Cas

ualties

evacuated to and released

from the

division

clearing station mobile surgical

hospital,

or graves

registration section

are

sent to

the

division replace

ment company and

returned to

their units

through

replacement

channels.

Casualties assessed by unit

umpires are tagged

as

they

are

assessed.

The

tag

should

show the

name,

the status (as "walking

wounded"

or "litter case''), and the specific

nature

of

the wounds (par. 69). Appropriate medical

care

is simulated as the casualty moves

to

the rear

through medical channels.

Z >

In

assessing casualties, the following

ratios of

killed to wounded may be

used as

a guide:

(For

additional information on

casualties,

see chapter 2,

FM

101-10. )

Tank elements----------.--..-------- 2 7

Artillery

elements,__________________ 1 4

Infantry elements.__________________

1

4

All

other ground

force

elements_______ 1 4

In assessing atomic

casualties

involving consid

erable numbers, the unit umpire notifies the

unit

commander

of

the percentage to be evacuated.

The

simulated

casualties

to be

evacuated

should

include

a cross representation

of

the command.

Atomic casualties should

be

processed

through

evacuation

channels:

(1)

To

impress upon

the

commander and his

command the

crippling

effect of an

atomic

detonation upon a

unit.

79

Page 85: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 85/192

(2)

T

o

give

 

t

he evacuation

channels

training in

handling larg

e numbers of

casualties

in

a

short

period and to impre

ss

on

them

the

 

ma

gnitude

of

their task.

69

  Casu

alty Tags

A

green card

 

beari

ng

the

 

words Walking

Wounded. Proceed

to your unit

 aid

station

 for evacua

tion.

f t .

A red tag bearing the

words Li

t

ter

Case.

Remain in

plac

e unt

il

picked

 up and

evacu

ated by

litter bearers. You

may

call

 for 

aid

men.

A

white card

bearing

the

words Dead.

The Divisi

on

graves

r

egistration section

will pick you

up, evacuate, and

 

process

you.

 

Upon compl

etion of

action

by

graves

registration

section, you

will

be

re

turned to

your unit t

hrough

re

placement

channels.

70 In

fantry Unit Casual

ty A ss es s

men t

Assessment of casua

lties against an

infantr

y unit

(from oth

er than atomic weapons

) in

an

y 1

  day of

severe

combat should

seldom

exceed

15

percent.

This 

percentage should

be

con

sidered in com

puting the

total

number of

casualties to b

e assessed

against rifl

e

companies. T

he following

percentages

o

f losses may

be

used

as

g

uides in assessing

casualties under each

of

the condition

s described:

fty

One

to three per

cent p

er hou

r. (Consider rela

tive 

stre

ngth, positions,

and dispositions of

the op

posing

forces

and whether

a unit is attacking

or defending.)

80

Page 86: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 86/192

 G

RE

EN

 

COL

OR

W

AL

KIN

W

OUN

DE

D

N

ATU

R E

  O F

  W

OUN

D  

PRO

CEE

D

T

O

Y

OUR

  UN

IT 

ID  S

TAT

ION

 

TO

E

V C

U

TIO

N__

___

___

___

___

__

 RE

D C

OLO

R)

LIT

TER

  C

SE

N

  TUR

E

OF 

W

OUN

D-

R

EMA

IN

I

N PL

CE U

NT

IL P

ICKE

D UP

 

ND

 

E

VAC

UAT

ED

BY

 

LITT

ER

 BE

RER

S

YOU

 

MAY

 

C

  LL

 FO

R

ID

ME

N

 W

HI

TE 

CO

L O R

DE

AD

T

HE

DIV

ISION

  GRA

VES

 

RE

GIS

TR 

TION

 

SEC

TION

 

WIL

L

P

ICK

 YO

U UP

, EV

ACU

ATE

  A

ND

PRO

CES

S YOU

 

UPO

COM

PL

ETIO

N

OF

 

CTION

BY

GR

VES  R

EGIS

TRA

TIO

N

SEC

TION

 

YOU

WI

LL

B

E

R

ETU

RNE

D TO

Y

OUR

U

NIT 

TH

ROU

GH

  R

EPL

 CE

MEN

T CH

AN

NELS

3557

340—

55—

——

6

81

Page 87: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 87/192

  .

Erect_____

_____________

_

1%

per battery voll

ey.

Running_______

______—___ 1% 

per battery

volley.

Prone____

______________

_- %% per battery volle

y.

Entrenched__

______________

. 1

/20%

 per battery

volley.

In trucks________

_________ 1% p

er battery volley.

Eight

 

rounds of

ligh

or medi

um

mortar

(60- or 81

-mm)

o

r

6

rounds of heavy

mortar

(4 .2 in.) are cons

idered equiva

lent to a battery

volley

of

artillery

.

(1) Elements wi

thin 100 yards of any tank

or

self-prope

lled

guns

and not entrenc

hed—3

percent

per

ta

nk or

2 percent per self-

pro

pelled g

un per attack.

(2) As

(1) 

above,

but

entr

enched or in

fox

holes— 1

percent per

tank

or

self-propelled

gun per attack.

Losses from

chemical and biolo

gical attack

are

ind

icated sepa

 

rately from

other

losses.

Th

e factors listed below

can

be app

lied to tro

ops with consider

ation

given

th

e

condition

and

status

of 

the

troops with

reference

to

degree of

exposure.

(1)

Casualties

 are

co

mputed

by mean

s of

the Chem

ical Casu

alty Com

puter (a

pp.

VI).

These casualties may

be

broken

down as

follows:

82

Page 88: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 88/192

(G)

Surprise,

poor

gas

disci-

Killed 75%, litter

pline; totally unpre- 15%, walking

pared

;

or unprotected.

wounded

10 %.

No

surprise,

good

gas Killed,

10%,

litter

discipline; or surprise, 15%, walking

good gas discipline.

wounded

75%.

Unprotected or gas masks

Litter

75%, walking

only. wounded

25%.

Gas masks and protec- Litter

10%,

walking

tive clothing.

wounded 90%.

The

following

figures

may

be used as

a

guide

for the area

covered

by aircraft

using

chemical

munitions:

Spray Tank

M -1 0_ _ _

Nonpersistent,

persistent, or

smoke.

1

aircraft w/2 tanks ____._....._. 75 yds. in width and

altitude 100 ft. 500-600 yds.

in

length.

3 aircraft w/2 tanks _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 170 yds. in width

each, altitude 100 and 500-600

yds.

ft,

75

ft

between

in

length,

wing tips.

( < ? ) Losses

resulting

from flame thrower ac

tion may be

based

upon

the following:

Impact

areas.

Portable

flame

thrower

______

10x40

yards

Mechanized

flame

thrower ________ 15 x 175 yards

Casualties assessed.

25% of personnel in the

open.

83

Page 89: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 89/192

Page 90: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 90/192

Munition

M-10 Spray

T

a n

k s —

2

tanks

per

aircraft

.

Aerosol

Gen

erator 

2 lit

ter capacity

).

Aerosol Bomb

  12

oz

size).

Special 

Dis

seminators

(Vials,

cap

sule

s)

Agent

Anti-per

son

nel,

casu

alty produc

ing.

Anti-pers

on

nel

, casu

alty

produc

 

ing.

Anti-person

nel, c a s u -

alty produc

ing.

Simulants

used

Yellow dy

e

solution

of

Bacillus

Olobigii

(B G).

 cillus

Olobigii

(BG) fluo

rescent par

ticles (FP).

 ci

llus

Glob

igii

(BO).

Oil

of cloves

or

more

other

harm

less s

i

m

 

u

-

lant.

Area covered

3 0 0

yards

in

width 600

-

7 0

0

yds

  in

length.

1 0 0 yds in

width

3 ,50

0

yds

in

length.

1 0 0 yds

in

width

3 0 0

yds length.

 racer

am

ounts

poured

 

in

water

to im

port a slight

flavor.

Casualties

10-20 per

sonnel ex

posed.

10-20 per

sonne

l

ex

posed

10-20 per

so

nnel

ex

p

osed.

34-45 per

-

s

o

n n e

consuming.

/.

(1)

Casualties from

an

atomic

burst will be

dictated by the

effects overlays.

  2) Units

should be ass

essed casual

ties

if

they

enter

or remain

in

a

contaminated

area.

(3)

R

adiological defense

personnel ass

igned to

combat

elements

 

can

obtain the amount

 of

simu

lated contaminatio

n

in any

area by

ques

tioning

the

unit umpire

.

 4) The amount of contam

ination in the are

a

is 

shown

on

the

effects

overlay

(app.

V

II .

71 Artil

lery Unit Casualty

Assessmen

t

While war

experience

indicates that 

casualties suf

fered

by artillery units

are

co

mparatively

small and

85

Page 91: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 91/192

n

ot suf

ficient t

o mate

rially i

nterru

pt

firing,

 

the

  loss

 

data

for

 in

fantry

 

shoul

d be

used w

hen appro

priate

to the a

ction

c

onside

red. Whe

n a batt

ery

in positio

is

attacked

the 

decision

as

to

capture

or  destruction 

is

based

upo

n surpr

ise a

chieve

d by

 

the

 atta

ckers

and

on the

rela

tive  fire

powe

r, inclu

ding the

artill

ery 

p

ieces,

th

at wer

e b

rough

t to

b

ear

on the a

ttackin

g

troop

s.

72

. Reco

nnaiss

ance Uni

t Casua

lty

ss

essme

nt

Per

sonnel

 

lo

sses

o

f reco

nnaissa

nce u

nits fi

ghting

 

dismo

unted

 

ar

e

asses

sed on  the

 sam

e basis as 

inf

an 

t

ry

los

ses.

Vehicl

los

ses  of re

conna

isance

 unit

s are

asse

ssed 

a

s

indi

cated i

n

par

agraph

s 6

1, 74,

and 7

5.

73

. Casua

lties F

rom  

A

ir

c

tion

U

pon

confir

matio

n of

an

ai

r att

ack the

 um

pire 

marks

 

th

e  tar

get wit

h

appro

priate

colore

d s

moke 

(par. 34)

and

asses

s

c

asualt

ies

in acc

ordan

ce with

 

table

 XII

I.

The ta

ble

is b

ased o

n one fligh

of

4

  aircra

ft.

The a

rea of

covera

ge, da

mage,

 and

 

ca

sualty

 as

sess

ments

indicated 

are

adjusted

to

the

number of

at 

tack

ing airc

raft.

It mus

t be r

ealize

d that

the

lo

ca

tion

 

of

at

tack as rep

orted

 by

the

 pilot

 

from

 his

map

will

 

diff

er

sli

ghtly f

rom

the actu

al stri

ke. T

he

f

act

that

 th

e pilo

t

a

ttemp

ts to se

lect 

the

m

ost

rem

uner

a

tiv

e tar

get for

 his 

attack

 is

c

onside

red

in 

assess

ing

casualties.

This

does

not 

mean 

that

umpires

should

se

lect k

ey

p

erson

nel, w

eapon

s or

units

,

a

s the

tar

get

unle

ss warr

anted.

 

Cas

ualties

 

and 

d

amage

s

as

sessed

may

 be

 

r

educe

d as m

uch a

s 50

perc

ent if

 

t

he  u

nit

ha

s ta

ken  a

dequa

te

co

ver;

conv

ersely,

 

if

 

a

dequa

te

86

Page 92: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 92/192

(When

troops

 

a

re

re

ported

a

« 

the

 

targe

t)

Armament

or

aircra

f t

N

apalm w or w

/o

Str

afing.

HE Bombs

w or

w/o Stra

f ing.

Strafing

 

only.

-- _

__.

Target

Troops.- -.

Troops..

..

T

roops

Area

50 yds by

100

yds.

60

y

ds by

 

10

0

yds.

50yds by

yds.

Personnel

casualties

w ith in

area

10% ca

su alties.

Fire Pow

er

100%

 

neutra

lized

for

 

dur

a

tion

of the

  attack plus 2

minu

tes.

5%  casu

alties. F

ire

Power

100%

  neutraliz

ed for

dura

tion

of

the attack 

plus

2

m

inutes.

2

% casua

lties. Fi

re

Po

w er

100%  neutraliz

ed

(e

xcept

A A )

for durat

ion of

at

ta c

k.

Atomic

 burst

s— See

effects o

verlay (a p

p.

VII).

 

The

long axis of th

e

are a

 p

arallel  to

the directio

n of

flight is th

e basis for

measure.

cov

er

is

not

ta

ken

casua

lties m

ay b

e incr

eased  50

 

p

er

cent.

Dis

persio

n

is

not co

nsider

ed

sinc

e ass

essmen

ts

are b

ased  on

the

  area of

cove

rage.

If v

ehicle

s are

 

d

esigna

ted as

  the

targ

et, the

percen

tage figu

res i

n

the table applies 

to

troops 

within

10 

yard 

radius

of 

the vehicl

es

c

onside

red

da

maged

 (p

ar.

75).

74  M

ateria

l Da

mage Ass

essme

nt

Umpir

es ass

ess ve

hicles

  and

othe

r mat

eriel 

da

maged

 or

  de

stroye

d on the

 bas

is of a r

easona

ble 

loss

expectancy 

in

similar 

combat engagement. 

The

ump

ire in

forms

 the o

ccupan

ts and

operat

ors o

f

the seve

rity

of the

 dama

ge by

 

co

mpleti

ng a

d

amag

e

card

(pa

r. 7

6).

Dam

ages  to

am

bulan

ces, ki

tchen 

trucks

, rat

ion

truck

s, or 

mail trucks

 a

re n

ot

as

sessed

.

87

Page 93: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 93/192

Cargoes of vehic

les

r

uled out

of action may

be

 

transferred to

oth

er ve

hicles by t

he 

usi

ng unit.

V

ehicles

passing th

rough or

remain

ing

within

an

artillery

or

mortar

concentration

of battalion

size

or larger are assessed

losses as follows:

(1)

Armored 

Vehicles___. per bat

tery

volley.

  2) Un

armored V

ehicles_. 1

per battery

vol

ley.

Mat

eriel (except class

I supplies) contam

inated

by

persisten

t chemica

l agents is

assessed as slightly

damaged;

class I suppl

ies

are

 assessed dam

age

a

c

c

ording to the d

egree of contamination.

Personnel

han

dling contaminated materiel are

required

to wear

protective masks

until simulated deco

ntamination is

accomplished. Vehic

les conta

minated with persi

st

ent

chemical

 

agents

must be deconta

minated or op

erating p

ersonnel must

continue to wear the pr

otec

tive mask for

a minimum

of six

hours.

Usual time

for decon

tamination

of

a

 

vehi

cle is 30 minute

s. Ma

terial which has been

contaminated

to

a

military

 

sig-

ni

 

ficant

degree as a

resu

lt of

an atomic burs

t

is

ruled

out of

action

until properly 

decontaminated.

/. Destroyed artillery

 

pieces

may

be 

allow

ed to

remain in

  place, out of

action, for a period o

f

from

4

to

24

hours

, as directe

d by the chief

umpire, or the 

crews may be r

equired to

 

close

out the positions

and

take the destroye

d pieces to

their own prison

er-of-

war

inclosure

and 

remain

there

until

released by

the

umpire

a

t

the inclos

ure.

This

provides

for realistic

efforts to

ob

tain

replaceme

nt 

weapons.

Crews of

Aggressor

artill

ery 

piece

s

ruled

destr

oyed in con

trolle

d

exercises

report to

the

 nex

t

higher Agg

ressor

88

Page 94: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 94/192

Co

mman

der  in

stead of

to

 

the

 

priso

ner-of

-war in

-

clo

sure if d

irecte

d to close

ou

t their

positio

ns.

Antita

nk guns

ruled

 destr

oyed

or cap

tured are

 

tak

en

by the

crew

s to

t

heir

o

wn

priso

ner-of

-war in-

closure

 

an

d rem

ain

ther

e

until

retur

ned

to the

ir un

its 

b

y a

ump

ire.

Crews

 of

Aggr

essor anti

tank

gun

s

r

uled

destr

oyed

in contr

olled

exer

cises close

out t

heir

posi

tions a

nd report

 

to the n

ext h

igher

A

ggress

or

Comm

ander

 

fo

r in

struct

ions.

Mate

riel

dam

aged by

 an

atomic

 

bur

st w

ill be

 

assessed 

a

percentage

dam

age

as indicated 

on the

effe

cts

o

verlay

  and

 ru

led out of

  action

in acc

ord

anc

e with t

hrough

 

abo

ve, or

as dire

cted

by the

chie

f um

pire.

75. Da

mage 

Fro

m Air

c t ion

The following 

chart

is applicable

to

assessment

of dam

ages

resulti

ng fro

m air

actio

n:

Arma

ment

Napal

m

Ro

ckets

Str

afing

Targe

t

Armo

red ve

hicles*.

 __

Un

armore

d vehi

cles..

Arm

ored

veh

icles.^ _ _

Unarm

ored

vehicle

s.

A

rmored

 

v

ehicle

s.-..

Unarmored 

vehicles.

A

rea

50 yds

by

 

50 yds

50 y

ds

by 50 yds

5

0 yds

by

 

50 yds

5

yds

b

y 50 yd

s

5

0

y

ds

by

 

50 yds

50 

yds

by 

50

yds

Vehic

les

de

stroye

d

(per

centag

e)

10

10

5

5

0

10

Atom

ic Bursts

 

 

See 

ef

fects

overl

ay.

•Armo

red

vehicles with e

xposed c

rews or

those

 

comp

le tely

im m obil

ized

du

ring

th

e a

ttack.

89

Page 95: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 95/192

I

f the

 veh

icl

es

su

bje

cte

d

to

 

air

 at

tac

k are

 m

ixe

ar

mo

red

 and

 

una

rm

ore

d the

 r

ati

o

o

f e

ach

 typ

e i

n

the

 

gro

up

 is

 

us

ed

in

the

 d

am

ag

e ass

ess

men

t.

Th

e t

abl

also 

may

be

used as

guide 

in 

assessing damage

to 

art

ille

ry p

iec

es,

tr

ail

ers,

 

an

d

oth

er

ma

ter

ial s

ubj

ecte

d

to

air

 

a

ttac

k.

76

Da

ma

ge T

ags

A

  gre

en 

tag

 

bea

rin

the

 

wo

rds Sli

ght

ly 

D

am

ag

ed 

(fi

g. 

4).

(

1) T

he 

um

pi

re

as

ses

sing

 the

  da

ma

ge

fi

lls o

ut

the

 fro

nt

 of

the

 ta

giv

ing

 tim

e,

 

d

ate

an

d

pla

ce the

 ve

hic

ula

r equ

ipm

en

t

wa

s da

mag

ed

Th

u

nit

 a

nd th

e bu

mp

er n

um

be

r

(o

r oth

er

e

qu

iva

lent

 num

be

r)

ar

e e

nte

red

 

i

n

the s

pac

es

pr

ovid

ed

. T

he

 

nat

ure

  o

f th

e

dam

ag

is 

briefly 

described. 

The

driver 

or NCO 

in 

ch

arg

e of

 th

e ve

hic

le

or equ

ipm

en

t

sig

ns

 on

th

e

ba

ck of

the

 p

erf

ora

ted

 st

ub.

  The

 

um

 

pir

sig

ns th

e tag

 a

nd

the

 s

tub

. Th

e

stu

b is

 

r

eta

ined

 by

 th

um

pire

 

and

  the

 

ta

is t

ied

 

to

 t

he equ

ipm

en

t

or

 

v

eh

icle

. A

ll 

stu

bs 

a

re

forwarded

to

Umpire 

Headquarters 

along 

wit

oth

er r

epo

rts

. A

n

ora

ng

e f

lag

 is

dis

 

pla

ye

d on

 th

e v

ehic

le o

r

equ

ipm

en

t.

(2)

The

 

d

rive

r or

N

CO

  in

ch

arg

e m

us

t d

ete

r

m

in

e a c

our

se o

f a

ctio

n to

 b

e t

ake

n

to

 

rep

air

 

the

 ve

hic

le o

r

equ

ipm

en

t. 

Th

in

div

idu

al

completing 

the repairs 

fills

out

the 

back of 

the

 

ta

g. 

An

 

o

ffic

er

or

N

CO

 

i

n c

ha

rge

 

o

f

the

 

re

pai

rin

g

un

it, o

r t

he

dri

ver

 

in

 c

ase

 o

firs

t

e

che

lon

 re

pa

irs,

 sig

ns t

he ta

g. 

Th

tag

 

and

 

the

 ora

ng

fla

g are

 re

mo

ved

  fr

om

 th

ve

h

icle

  or e

qui

pm

ent

 

a

nd

 

tur

ned

 

ov

er to

the

90

Page 96: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 96/192

t

K

n

^

^

¥

Page 97: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 97/192

a

a

C

D

 

i

5

 

D

 

e

2

E

T

 

t

 

E

.

i

T

U

 

P

a

^

t

T

Q

Page 98: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 98/192

man

der to

  h

ave t

lie eq

uipm

ent

o

r v

ehicl

e

ev

acua

ted

fo

r r

epair

s. T

he 

unit

 

m

akin

th

e

r

epai

rs fills

 o

ut

that

p

ortio

n

on

the

 

back

 

of the

tag

pertaining 

to 

repairs. An

offi

ce

r

or NC

O o

the uni

t ma

king

 the

repa

irs

sig

ns 

the tag

. If it

i

s

d

ecid

ed to 

repl

ace t

he

i

tem, 

the

tha

t

p

orti

on 

of t

he tag pe

rtain

 

ing

 to

 rep

lace

men

t is comp

lete

d.

An

o

fficer

 

or N

CO o

f

the

 

is

suing

 unit

sign

s

the

 

tag

.

In eit

her

c

ase, the

 com

plet

ed

tag

is tu

rned

 

over

 

to

 the 

un

it

umpi

re w

ho for

war

ds it

to

Um

pire

 H

eadq

uart

ers. A

  he

  k

is made

 to

 

se

t

hat

all

veh

icles

 

or

e

quip

ment

 

wh

ich 

hav

e

bee

n tag

ged

as S

eve

rely

Dam

aged

''

h

ave bee

n pro

perl

y ev

acua

ted a

nd

repa

ired

(sim

ulat

ed) or

rep

lace

d and

  tha

p

rope

r

logistical

factors 

have

been

taken into

ac 

co

unt.

A

 whit

e

tag b

earin

g

the

 

word

  De

 

stro

yed

(fig .

 6

).

(

1)

The

 

u

mpi

re fill

s o

ut

t

he

tag

as in

pa

ragr

aph 

abo

ve.

(2)

The driver or

NCO in

charge 

of

the

vehicle 

o

r

equ

ipme

nt

re

mai

ns

in plac

e

for o

ne ho

ur

an

d

then

 

r

epor

ts 

t

o

his un

it tha

t th

e ve

hicle

 

or eq

uipm

ent 

is

 

d

estro

yed.

 

The

 

un

it

re

por

ts, thro

ugh

 cha

nnel

s,  the 

com

bat

loss

Whe

n th

e repl

acem

ent 

item

 

is ava

ilabl

e at

 

Regimental

Supply 

(or 

equivalent 

office),

th

e u

nit

is 

n

otifi

ed to

 

com

e and

pic

k up

 

th

e

re

plac

emen

t. T

he v

ehic

le or

 eq

uipm

ent i

s

the

n take

n

to

 the

 po

int

of del

ivery

 whe

re

the

 

tag

 is rem

oved

 an

d the

 equ

ipme

nt

is p

lace

d

9

Page 99: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 99/192

Page 100: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 100/192

To facilitate matching

up tags and

stubs at

Umpire

Headquarters,

they

should

be

numbered

serially

prior to

issue.

77

Aircraft

Destroyed

by Ground

Fire

Antiaircraft

umpires

assess damages to attack

ing aircraft

resulting from ground

fire

and report

the assessment

to

umpire

operations.

Adequate air-

ground

communications

should be available

so that

the

antiaircraft

battalion umpire can report losses

to the

air

umpire with

the

flight.

When determin

ing the losses to be

assessed

against

aircraft

resulting

from ground fire,

consideration

must

be

given to the

type

weapons

which engage the target. For

ex

ample,

when

the target is out of range of automatic

weapons

but within range

of

90-mm

guns, only the

90-mm

guns

will

be

considered

to

be

engaging the

target.

Losses to flights

engaged

by

both guns and auto

matic weapons are the

sum

of the losses

incurred

from each type of

fire.

Aircraft

losses

may be

as

sessed in accordance

with the following formula:

(1)

For

planes,

other

than

jet,

within

15,000

feet altitude and within

7,000

yards

hori

zontal range:

(number of guns) x

(num

ber of planes)

x

.02=LOSS.

(2) For jet aircraft divide the resulting loss

by

5.

Sect i on

IV

O B S T A C L E S

AND

D E L A Y S

78

Obstacles

The

primary purpose of

an obstacle

is to

delay

opposing forces. Obstacles aifect

friendly

as well

95

Page 101: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 101/192

as enemy

troops. Umpires

enfor

ce appropriate

delays in all c

ases.

Obstacles

may be  simulated

but are actually

constructed

if

permissible

on 

the

terrain

being

used.

If the

obstacle

 

is to be

simulated,

materials and

personnel for construc

tion must actu

ally

b

e on hand

 

and  checked

  by

the

u

mpire.

Th

e obstacle

is

not

m

arked

until

the

 time estimated

 to  be require

d for

construction

has passed.

The unit

that

executes

a

simulated

obstacle 

fur

nishes  a gua

rd who is given u

mpire authority and

identification

so

that

he can

enforce com

pliance  by

all troops. Guards

 remain

on

 d

uty at obstacles until

relieved

by

the umpire

or

until the

end of

the

exer

cise. Parent units s

upply  the

obstacle guard with

 

emergenc

y type

ration

s. A

fter

the o

pposing f

orce

has reduced

 an

obstacl

e,

the 

unit umpire

relieves the

guard who is then

 returned  administr

atively to his

u

nit.

W

hen

a s

imulated o

bstacle has been

co

mpleted,

the

unit umpire

furnishes

 

the

guar

d

one cop

y

of

completed

Certificate

of Obstacle

(fig.

7).

If

an

umpire is not present 

a unit officer

may sign the

cer

tifica

te but must

 

advise the unit

umpire

of

h

is action.

The

 umpire should ch

eck

the form

as

so

on as

prac 

ticable;

however, the

statement on the form

is

val

id 

with the

signature

o

f a unit officer.

The unit execut

ing a

simulated 

obstacle

also

places

a

black

flag

at 

each end 

of

the o

bstacle.

Obstacles th

at

resu

lt from air actio

n or chem

ical

attack

are

mark

ed by the

ground umpire who

 

as

sessed the

damage. H

e comple

tes

the

certificate,

Page 102: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 102/192

CE

R

T IF

IC

A

TE

  O

T O

BB

T

AC

II

(

to

 b

ex

e

cu

te

by

  u

n

it 

of

fi

ce

vh

tn

  u

m

pir

e

is

 no

t

tr

es

en

t

)

1

T

YW

 

AH

)

U

T

IK

E  O

r O

BB

TA

C I

E

EX

b

rid

g

e d

em

o

li

tio

n^

 b

ri

dg

 

damaged 

by  bombs.

road 

crater) 

____________________

2

M

E T H

O

D U S

E D

 

B

ri

ef

 

de

sc

ri

pt

io

o

f

w

or

k  do

n

e,

E

x: 

D

e

str

oy

ed

 

 

ab

ut

me

n

ts

b

y

 

ta

m

pe

c

ha

rg

e*

. e

tc

.)

 

__

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

_

3.

 

K

RS

O

nC

L

  B

ED

 

(

Ex

: 1

 .

qu

ad

,

2

h

o

ur

.)

1

* .

EQ

U I

IM

E II

T

U S

ED

:—

(E

x

:  1

  e

a

rth

 a

ug

er

,

1

  h

ou

r;

  1

sq

u

ad

__

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

_

__

 

e

mo

li

tio

n

 »

e

t) 

?

MA

T

ER

IA

L   O B

 

E

X P

LO

S I

V E

  U

S E

D

(E

x:

  f

or

 

ab

u

tm

en

ts

, 6

 

ch

ar

ge

s

2

00

 

p

ou

ad

«

ae

h; 

«

«l

,

1

0 eh

ar

»

15

 

p

o

un

di

ea

ch

)__

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

T A

R T

K

D  

(D

a

te

 an

d

 

H

ou

r}

CO

M

PU

TE

D

  (P

a

te

 a

n

d H

o

ur

)

or

 

HO

IK

 

B O

M

B B

P  

_

_

_

_

7

U

M

PI

RE

 

C

ER

T I

F IC

A

TE

1.

 

H

A V

E  

O

B J

EC

TE

D

  T H

E  

O

B S

T A

C L

E   D

C

SC

R IB

ED

 

A

B O

V E

  A

R D

  Fl

flD

 

T

H A

T

IT

 

W

I L

L )

 

w

ii

KT

)

 

C B

E A

T B

  A I

  E

F F

E  

T I

V E

  M

I L

I T A

R

Y

O

B S

T A

C L

E

2.

 

A

  C

AR

EF

UL

 

ES

T I

M

AT

E B

AS

 

B E

E R

  M

A

D S

. T

flE

 

FO

L

UN

IE

G  

W

ILL

 

B E

  R

E-

Q

U I

B E

D  

TO

  R

EST

O

RE

 

TB

AF

T I

C  

A T

  I

BI

a

.

E

KH

E

ER

  PS

R

SO

H

IL

 AI

D

TD

B

  R E

Q U

I R

E D

:

G

iv

e

  tw

al

te

rn

ti

ve

*

)

e

xa

mp

le

,

o

  pl

at

oo

6

  h

ou

rs

 o

r o

ne

 

cc

ejp

an

3

?

h

o

ur

*.

L

a*

a

lte

r

na

tl

re

 ba

*e

o

n

sa

x l

mu

a

  n

uv

be

r o

uh

can 

be

effectlrelj

employed  on 

job.

Tlae 

1*  

taken 

from 

tl

ae

 o

f

a

rr

iv

al

 o

f

M

O

an

d

a

at

er

la

l o

th

a

lt

e.

b

M

A

TE

R I

AL

S:

A

*

 

Ju

dg

ed

 

ne

ce

w

ar

y

b

y  e

ng

in

ee

uB

fl

re

* o

f

un

i

t r

ed

u

cin

g

 ob

it

ac

l*

.)

c

.

K

^J

ia

ttt

T:

 

R

e

du

ce

  tlM

 g

iv

en

  I

a

a

bo

ve

  b

1/3

 

fo

l

ul

ta

bl

*

l

ab

or

 -

sa

vi

ng

 t

qu

lp

»e

n

t, 

s

ui

ta

b

ili

ty

 

de

te

ra

ln

ed

 b

y

e

o

gl

ae

er

 u

ei

plr

o

f

un

it

 r

ed

uc

in

o

bs

ta

cl

e.

)

3.

  n

ttE

 

A

ID

 

H

O U

R

  E

X E

C U

T E

D

:

if

 n

um

p

ire

  I

s

pr

es

en

t

at

 th

e

 ti

e*

 

of  execution,

this 

e»y  be 

completed 

by

the 

senior

officer 

of 

th

e

 

ex

ec

u

tin

g

 p

ar

ty

 a

ad

 b

e

o

ff

ic

ia

l.

  A

u

ap

ir

e

vl

ll

 ve

ri

fy

 

a

ny

 

su

ch

 v

or

e

xe

cu

te

b

y h

is

u

ni

a

s

so

on

 a

s p

r

ac

ti

ca

bl

e.

)

U

K

T

O F

F I

C E

R

C

E

RT

ir

iED

 

O

B S

T A

C L

E

R E

D U

C E

D A

T

_

_

__

_

_

 

H

R

S  

DA

3X

_

 

S I

OI

AT

IW

Of

  U

M

P I

R E

)

(R

A

«J

35

57

34

 

O

 55

 

9

7

Page 103: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 103/192

aSTRUCTIOHS-OBSTACLE

  GUARDS

AUTHORITY: S a m e

a s u m p i r e

NUMBER: U n i t e x e c u t i n g

  s i m u l a t e d o b s t a c l e s   p o s t

tvo g u a r d j a t

e a c h o b

s t a c l e .

EQUIBEM

T Umpire

h e l a e t

l i n e r a n d w h i t e

m l o o p . Flashlig

ht,

v a t c b j p a p e r

and p e n c i l . F o

od

and

vater

f o r r

emainder

o f e x e r c i s e . P

ersonal

e q u i

p o e n t . T h i s c e r t i f i c

a t e .

ACTIONS: A

red f l a g i s placed

a t

e a c h

  end  o f a simulated obs

ta

c l e b y

  t h e u n i t

e x e c u t i n g

t h e o b s t a c l e .

Umpi res post

o b s t a

c l e s resul

ting

f r o m

air act

ions.

ACTI

OBS: Report personnel

 who

f a i l

t o o b

s e r v e obstacle 

b y

n a m e ,

v e h i c l e n u

n b e r , o r

u n i t

t o

  a n y u m p i r e

o r

t o  

y o u r com

manding

o f f i c e r

vhen

y o u a r e r e l i e v e d .

When

opposing

t r o o p s

 

h a v e

c l e a

r e d

a n o b s t a c l

e , have u a p i r e sig

n

t h i s  

p a p e r

and r e l i e v e y o u .

T h

e n r e p o r t

t o nearest troop

f o r

p

roce ssing a s

a

p r i s o n e r

and

 

return t o y o u r u

n i t .

ISSTRU

CTIONS-IMFIKES

ACTIONS: Require o p e r a t i o n s

to b e

actual

wh

enever 

p o s s i b l e

.

F i l l i n data o n

r e v e r s e

s

i d e and

g i

v e

t o guard

a t o b

s t a c l e .

Check

t h a t  

material

t o e x e c u t e o r   reduce

simulat

ed

o b s t a c l e s

i s a t

 

s i t e

vhen operations

are

c a r r i e d

o u t .

Visit all detachments

s e n t o n

obstacle

v o r k  t o c o m p l e t e

t h e

c e r t i f

i c a t e .

SfECIAL M O T E S

Troops may  g o around

an

o b s t a c l e p r o v i d e

d

t h e

m o v

e m e n t I s   a c t u a l .

The u m p i r e

with a delayed u n i t m

u s t n o t modify t h e p

rovisions

o f

t h e

c e r t i f i c a t e

o f o b s t a c l e

u n d e r a n y

c i r

c u m s t a n c e s .

When

a

defended o b s t a c l e

I s attacke

d b y t h e opposing s

i d e ,

t h e

result

o f t h e

attack

i s

decided

a s i n

any

s i m i l a r a c t i o n .

The

clearing

of an

o b s t a c l e

by t h e attac

ker

c a n c o m m e

n c e

o

n l y after

successful

completion

o f

t h e attack

i s ruled

b y

t h e u m p i r e .

Continued.

places the 

flag

s,

and details a

g

uard from th

e near

est

unit.

/. Troops

may

go

around an

obstacle prdvided the

mov

ement is

actual.

The umpire with

a

  delayed

unit

must

 not

mod

ify the provisions

of the certificate

of

obstacle

u

nder any

circumstances.

98

Page 104: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 104/192

When

defe

nded

obstacle is attacked

 by

the

opposing

side, the result

of the

a

ttack is de

cided as

in

 

any 

similar

action.

Th

e clearing of a

n

obstacle

by the attacker

can

com

mence only af

ter suc

cessful

completion of

the

  attack is

ru

led by

the

u

mpire.

A

ction to r

educe the obstacle

is

effective

 only after

completio

n of

the troop action.

Contaminated areas must

 be avoided

by combat 

elements

when  appropriate

 

autho

rity so

directs.

Un

its

failing

t

o avoid such

a

reas will be

assesse

d

appropriate

casualties.

79.

De

lays

Air attacks  agai

nst bridges and

the

delays

re

sulting

from t

he

damage

inflicted influenc

e the prog

ress of a tactical exerc

ise. Prior

notice of

ai

r attacks

on

bridges should 

be

furnished umpire

operations

by

air 

umpire

s

in

order that an um

pire may be des

ig

nated t

o be

at

the

bridge

site at

the time of

the

a

ttack.

When

the bridge is defended

by an antiaircra

ft unit,

the antiair

craft unit umpire may be

 designated to act

as the

umpire

at the

bridge

site. The

num

ber and

weight

of

bombs

are

given

the

umpire

at 

the bridge

site through

 ump

ire

channels

as soon

as rece

ived

from the

air

 

umpire.

(

1)

After

receipt

of thi

s i

nformation the

 

umpire

 

at

the bridge

 site

will determine

the

 

number

 

of hits

on the

 

target

in accordance with

the

following

percentages:

Div

e or glide

bombing

by

Fight

er-

Bo

mber  aircraft—15 p

ercent o

f bombs

dro

pped

by

any

single

flight.

99

Page 105: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 105/192

(ft) Light

or

medi

um

bombers

in

 lev

el

flight,

bombing

by

 

visua

l methods—

5

percent.

Light or medium bom

bers in le

vel

flight,

bombing

 by grou

nd 

controll

ed

ra

dar—10

percent.

Heavy bombers

in level flight, bombing

by

visual

m

ethods—8

percent.

Heavy bombers bombing by

grou

nd

con

trolled radar—

5 percent.

H

aving dete

rmined the

number of hi

ts

the 

umpire

will

use

the following

as

a

guide

in

asse

ssing

delays

and dam

ages

t

o bridges:

(a) Steel tru

ss and concrete

bridges of sub

stanti

al construction.

Bomb

weight

1001b _____.

_.

300 to

6 00

Ib._-

1,000

 

to

2

,000

Ib.

Delay (after

arrival of men

and

material)

None_ _

2hrs—--

4

hrs_

__-. . .

Necessary for repair

None.

1 Pla

t

Engineer,

3 trailer loads

t

imber or

equiva

lent. 

1 Plat Engineer,

6 trailer loads

timber or equivalent.

( Z > )

Woo

den highway

and railroad bridges.

1

00 pound

bomb or heavier has sam

e

con

ditions as shown in

above

fo

r

300 to

600 pound b

ombs.

Pontoon

bridge.

100

pound

bomb

or

heavier will re

quire

a

one hour d

elay after

materia

l

f

or one-third or 4

spans

of

t

he

br

idge

is

at the site.

Page 106: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 106/192

Conditions

in a), (6), and

above

are for one

hit;

fo

r more 

th

an one

hit,

men, material, and

delay will be i

ncreased

accordingly.

Marc

hing columns

or

con

voys

attacked by air

wil

l be

assessed

 

casualties

and

 

damages

as pres

cribed

in

the

tab

les

in

paragraphs 73 a

nd

75.

Marching

column

s or

convoys 

attacked

by

arm

or

or

ar

tillery

and fail

to deploy or

 

take

 

c

over logicall

y are as

sessed

casualties and

damages

accordingly.

Marching columns

or

conv

oys attacke

d by  ai

r,

armor,

or artiller

y and

prevente

d

from reacting

 

logically,

by administra

tive restrictions, are assessed

delays

e

quivalent

to the time 

r

equired to

disperse and

ass

emble.

Under these cond

itions no casualties

or

damages will

be assessed.

Person

nel working

on bridges, roads,

or

other

projects who are

 

subj

ected to massed morta

r or

artil

lery fire or an air a

ttack are

req

uired

to

cease

work

fo

r

the 

duration of the  concentration

or 

att

ack.

Work may

continue if the

 

area

is subjected to inter

diction

fire

only

but

no

work can

be

carried

on

in 

an

are

a subject to

 

direct

small arms fire.

Information

 

on del

ays caused by

atomic

burst

will be fur

nished

by the

umpire

 in

accordan

ce 

with

the

 

ef

fects

ov

erlay (app.

VII).

/.

Are

as 

co

ntaminated with a

persistent

chemical

agent

will

cause

delays

unless

commanders

accept

casualties

(as

determi

ned in par. 7 0

e) consist

ent

with

th

e

degree of protect

ion

a

nd the

 

t

ime

exposed

wi

thin the

area.

If

 the

 

comm

ander will not

accept

the

 casualties assessed from paragra

ph 70e and do

es

 

Page 107: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 107/192

not m

ove

  aro

und

the

 con

tamin

ated

 area

, del

ays 

are

 

a

ssess

ed

as 

fo

llows

:

 

1) I

f co

ntam

inat

ed a

rea is n

ot b

ypa

ssed,

 

d

e

lay 

is

equal 

to 

time

required 

to

mov

the

d

istan

ce invo

lved

 as

 

spe

cifie

d in

FM

 101-

10.

 2

) I

f

c

ontam

ina

ted

are

a

is 

c

rosse

d

on decon

 

ta

mina

ted ro

utes,

 dela

y

is equa

l to

t

ime re 

qu

ired

to

p

rope

rly

deco

ntam

inat

e t

he

ro

utes

.

1 0 ?

Page 108: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 108/192

CH

APTER  5

CO

MMUNIC

ATIONS

  AN

D

T

R A N S P O

R TAT I O

N

80

General

Com

municati

ons f

or the gro

und umpire

gro

up

no

rmally

consis

ts of rad

io, wire,

and

messenge

r.

Wire

and

messeng

er 

sh

ould be

 

used

for ro

utine

m

es

sages

 

t

o

red

uce

th

e volume

  of rad

io

tr

affic. Rad

io

commu

nication  is man

datory

fo

r

um

pire

liaison 

teams,

 fire m

arker tea

ms, and uni

t

ump

ires

at battal

ion

  leve

l and bel

ow.

An extensio

n

wire net,  wi

th

readily

accessible

leads

to all

key

localities

in

the

exercise

 

a

rea is es

sential to

insure adeq

uate com

mu

nicati

ons b

etween ump

ire

headqu

arters  and

  unit

umpires.

81 Free

and Control

led Exerc ise

s

In

free

exercises

identical communication nets 

are

pro

vided

for

um

pires

with both

side

s.

O

nly th

e fire 

marke

r net

and the um

pire liaiso

n net are

 

req

uired

for- u

mpires

with the

 

A

ggressor

Force

 in

c

ontrolled

 

exerci

ses  when

 unit umpires

are not 

ass

igned.

8

2 Umpire

  Comm

unication

Cente

r

In

a

la

rge scale 

exerc

ise, 

in

o

rder 

to facilita

te

t

he

review

 and

ana

lysis

of ump

ire report

s b

the

opera

tions

sect

ion  o

f Headqu

arters Ump

ire Group

(p

ar.

12A), it

will be

 

n

ecessary

to establish

  an  effecti

ve

103

Page 109: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 109/192

Um

pir

e Co

mm

uni

cati

ons

Ce

nte

r. The

 

com

mu

nica

 

tio

ns 

ce

nte

r

m

us

t h

ave

suff

icie

nt s

tatio

ns to

 

pro

vide

 

o

ne ra

dio

 

rece

ive

f

or e

ach

 thre

e b

atta

lion

s re

por

ting

 

t

o

the

 op

erat

ions

 sec

tion

.  Ade

qua

te 

te

leph

one

 

fa

cili

 

ti

es m

us

t also

 

be pr

ovided.

Teletype 

circuits 

must

b

e pro

vide

bet

wee

n rel

ay 

st

atio

ns, u

mp

ire 

o

pera

 

tion

s sec

tion

 a

nd 

Ex

erc

ise

Dire

cto

r Wa

r Ro

om.

8

3 R

ad io

 

Nets

U

mp

ire

r

adio

 

ne

ts

are o

rga

nize

d

gen

eral

ly in 

th

e

same

manner

as,

and 

parallel 

to, 

normal

troop radio

net

s (fig

s.  8

-14

).

Rad

ios

o

f the

 typ

es in

dic

ated

 a

re

sug

ges

ted fo

r t

he f

ollo

win

g

un

it

um

pire

s:

In

fan

try plat

oon

AN

/PR

C-

6.

I

nfa

ntry

 co

mp

any

: A

N/P

RC

-10

.

Inf

ant

ry batt

alio

n,

regi

men

t  a

nd

hig

her

 un

it: 

AN/VRC-18.

T

ank

 

pl

atoo

n—

Arm

or

: A

N/

PR

C-8

.

Infa

ntr

y:

A

N/P

RC

-10

.

Tan

k

com

pa

ny—

ba

ttali

on 

and

 

h

igh

er

un

it (

Ar 

mou

r) 

:

A

N/V

RC

-16

.

In

fan

try

:

AN

/V

RC

-18

.

/.

Artillery 

or  atomic 

burst

fire 

marker teams:

AN

/V

RC

-9.

L

iais

on 

team

s:

AN

/VR

C-1

or

 -1

8 de

pen

din

o

n

t

ype

 o

f un

it to

 

wh

ich assi

gne

d.

84 U

mp

ire 

L

iaiso

n Tea

m s

Um

pi

re 

Li

aiso

n Te

am

s,

usi

ng th

e E

xerc

ise

 

SO

I,

may

operate

in any net

of

the

unit

to which

tempo

r

aril

as

sig

ned.

  Wh

en

not

  pe

rfor

min

g

um

pire

 

fun

ctio

ns, t

hes

e tea

ms

 will

 s

tand

 by 

th

e Ch

ief 

Um

 

pir

ne

t

u

nle

ss

oth

erw

ise 

ins

truc

ted 

by

  th

e

Chi

ef

U

mpi

re.

  4

Page 110: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 110/192

COM

PAN

Y  UMP

IRE 

NET

  AN

/PRO-

6

1'AN

/GRC-H

)

BATTA

L ION UM

PIRE

NE

T

8

5. F

ire M

arkin

g

F

ire m

arker tea

ms

mainta

in radio

 

c

ontac

t

with the

fire

ma

rker

c

ontrol

 

team

 

(

pars. 44

  and

45).

Only

under 

exceptional circumstances  will

existing

artil

lery

 

l

ines 

of com

munic

ation be

used

for com

muni

ca

t

ion be

tween

 

the

contr

ol  team

 and

 the

tire dir

ection

 

cent

ers.

105

Page 111: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 111/192

B A TT

A L ION

UMP IR NET

UMPK

LIAISON

T

EA M

MMIMCNTAL WWW

C

NET

86 Umpi re

Relay Center

W

hen distance or mecha

nical diff

iculties preclude

 

battal

ion

umpires

or liaison

teams from communi

catin

g directly w

ith

the Comm

unications C

enter at

U

mpire Headquarter

s, relay statio

ns will be suitably

located throughout

the exerc

ise area

to

retransmi

t

messages to t

he umpire  opera

tions room. 

Radio

communications

will

be

augmented

by

telephone and 

telet

ype circuits be

tween the relay 

stations and

Umpire 

C

ommunications

Center

in

suffi

cient num

ber

to handl

e

expected

  traffic lo

ads. Operating

106

Page 112: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 112/192

REG

IMENT

  L UMP I

RE

NET

per

sonnel

 

of

  rel

ay stat

ions

may be

aug

mente

d

b

y

um

pire

oper

ations

 per

sonnel

 

to scr

een

or

conso

li

date 

messages

and to

maintain

a

limited

operations

m

ap

for the

Chief 

Umpi

re and E

xerci

se D

irector

.

87  R

ad io

P roc

edure

St

andar

d

voice r

adio

proce

dure i

s used

. Due

 

to

 

the

 

lar

ge n

umbe

r of

 sets on

some

cha

nnels, 

extr

eme

caution

must

be

exercised by 

umpires

to 

insure 

that 

only nec

essary

m e

ssages

  are  t

ransm

itted by

  r

adio.

Clea

r text is

used

. O fficer

 

umpir

es may be

expect

ed

to oper

ate

their

ow

n radio

 

sets

. A

simpl

ified prear

 

r

anged cod

e sy

stem

sh

ould be u

tilized

 to

negate

 

t

he

effe

cts of mon

itorin

g ump

ire

traff i

c.

10

7

Page 113: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 113/192

88. Wire

Umpire wire

nets

sh

ould b

e

establish

ed along

the planned

axes of com

munication of the tactical

units

to be

umpired.

Umpire

liaison

teams and

unit

umpires

down

to

battalio

n

level s

hould be equipped

with

por

table

te

le-

DIVISION UMRR

E N

ET

3AN/VRC I8

DIVISIO N U

MPIRE

SUPP

ORT

N ET

UM

PIRE

OPERATIONS

108

Page 114: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 114/192

Page 115: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 115/192

D

I

V

I

S

IO

N

 

U

M

P

I

R

E

 

S

U

P

P

O

R

T

 

N

E

T

  A

N

 

V

R

C

 1

8

F

I

R

E

 

M

A

R

K

E

R

 

N

E

T

M

RS

 M

M

ft

 

F

IR

E

  M

A

RK

ER

 

C

O

NT

R

OL

B

A

TT

ER

IE

S

NO

R

MA

L

  C

K V

 S

H5

A

 T

H

.L

O

rr

 

C

OM

M

U

NI

CA

T

IO

IF

  F

W

C

  M

M

M

 

RA

D

IO

 

C

H

AN

N

C

1

ff

lf

fli

ni

H

r

1

0

9

Page 116: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 116/192

phones and

a line route map show

ing the

ump

ire

w

ire

system

and the

location

of

all terminals.

Com

pany umpires m

ay be

 

provided portab

le telephones

if

ava

ilable, and the e

xtent of the 

wire

syste

m war

rants.

Umpire

wire and cable shou

ld be identifie

by a

ta

g bearing

the

legend

  Umpire

Wire Net.

In addition,

su

pporting

p

oles may

be

marked

with

a 6 inch wh

ite band. Regimental and

higher unit

umpires shou

ld be furnished

a

telephon

e and

main

tain a man

 

on

 

d

uty

a

t the

phone

24

hours a

day. 

As

a

guide

in

planning

an

umpire

wire net,

one

terminal per square mile

of the activ

e

exerc

ise

area

of

opera

tions will insure

 that a

unit

u

mpire is a

lways

within  one-half

 mile of a terminal

to which 

he

can

tie in 

his

portable

field

p

hone.

89

 

Transportation

(see

p

ar.

9c,

 app. II)

Vehicle

s are assigned

to umpires wh

o are

equ

ipped 

with

nonportable

type

radio sets and t

o

others as

required.

This include

s

l

iaison teams, fire

marker teams, and

unit umpires down

 tobattal

ion

or

company level depending

upon  the type

of units

being

umpired and

the

area

to

be

covered.

5 . Tra

nsportation for umpires not

assigned  v

e

h

icles is

provided

 b

y

units

to which

umpires are

assig

ned.

Vehicles must be

 provided f

or special

activities,

incl

uding prisone

r of war

exchange

and

 

s

hifting

small

unit

umpires.

Spa

re

vehicles

 equipped w

ith suitable radios

must

be

available fo

r replac

ement

and

em

ergency

purposes.

1 1 0

Page 117: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 117/192

Army aircraft

, equipped with

 

approp

riate radio

communic

ations, are p

rovided for umpi

re use when

 

ever necessary

 

in

order to

provide  umpires

  with

the

same speed

and 

mobility

as 

the

forces being

observed

.

Page 118: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 118/192

A

PPENDIX

REFERENCES

AK 380 5__

_____. Safeg

uarding D

efense 

In

formation.

PAM

310—Series___

List

of

Military

Publica

tions.

SR

32

0-5-1_______ 

Dictionar

y of United

States

Army Terms.

SB 320-50-1___

___ Authorize

d

Abbreviatio

ns.

AR

611-201____

__. Manu

al of Enlisted Mili

tary

Occupational

Spe 

cia lties.

FM 3-5_—___

____. Tactic

s and

Techniqu

e of

CBR

 

Warfare.

FM 21-5 __ .____

_. Military Train

ing.

FM

 

21 8_

__—___. 

Military

Training 

Ai

ds.

FM

 

21

-30________ Milita

ry

Symbols.

FM

21-40________.

Defense

Against CBR

At

tack.

FM

21-41_— — — —

___. Sol

dier s Manual

for De

fense

Again

st CBR At 

tack.

FM

30 5__

______

Combat Intelligence.

FM

30-15________.

Examination 

of

Personnel

and Docume

nts.

FM

  30-101_____

__ The Maneuver

 

Enemy.

FM 30-102———

—_—. Handbook o

n Aggressor

Milita

ry Forces.

  2

Page 119: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 119/192

FM

 30

 10

3__

____

_.

A

ggre

ssor

Orde

r

o

Battl

e.

FM

 30

104_

___

___

 

Agg

resso

r Kep

rese

ntatio

n.

FM

 1

00-

5__

___

__ 

Fiel

d Se

rvice

  Ke

gula

tions

Ope

ratio

ns.

FM 

100 31_______

Tactical 

Use  of Atomic

We

apon

s.

FM

1

01 5

___

___

__. Stai

Offi

cers'

Field

 M

anua

l,

Staf

f

O

rga

nizat

ion

and 

Pro

cedu

re.

FM

 

101 

10_

___

___.

 Staf

f Of

ficer

s'Fie

ld Ma

nual

,

Organization, 

Technical,

and

 

L

ogis

tical

Da

ta.

TF

 30

 154

3__

___

_.

The

Agg

resso

r Fo

rce (Run

 

ni

ng Ti

me:

26m

in).

T

3

216

___

___

__

M

ilita

ry

Biol

ogy and

 B

io

lo

gica

l

W

arfar

e Agen

ts.

TM 

9 1981_______. 

Military 

Pyrotechnics.

T

2

3 2

00__

___

__.C

apa

bili

ties

o

f

A

tom

ic

W

eap

ons.

P

AM

 39

-1__

___

__.

 Tac

tical

Us

e

of

At

omic

W

eap

on

s U

nclas

sifie

d

Mili

tary 

Effec

ts.

Page 120: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 120/192

APPENDIX

II

UMPIR

E

PL A

NNING

GUIDE

1

  P

urpose and App

lication

To outline

some of the

major consideratio

ns

in

volved

in

planning 

the

umpire organization

for

a

large

field exercise

or

ma

neuver  involving

several

divisions, or a point

exerci

se

involving

ele

ments

of

two

or more of the Arme

d

Forces 

of

th

e

United

Stat

es.

With

necessary modifications,

the consid

erati

ons set forth herein

are

app

licable to

planning

the umpire

organization for

any

exercise.

2

Planning

Plan

ning for

the umpire org

anization should

be

initiated

 concu

rrently with that for

the exercise it

self. It is

based upon the

general concept as con

tained

in

the

exercise 

directive

and

upon

such

addi

tional instru

ctions and

directive

s as

may be

i

ssued by

the commander

responsible

for the 

pre

paration

and

con

duct

of

t

he exercise. The form

ation of an

 

u

m

p

ire

planning

 group

early in the planning

phase,

to

i

nclude

the chief ump

ire

a

nd key personnel,

and a 

minimu

m of two

specia

l

weapons employm

ent offi

cers,

will facilitate the

 

establishm

ent of

definite poli

cies an

d formulation of plans

 

for

the organization

 of

the umpire g

roup. In

a

jo

int exercise, representa

tives

from  the participating

Armed

 

Forces

should

be i

ncluded

in

this pla

nning

g

roup.

 

Page 121: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 121/192

3 Umpire

Organization

The

umpire organization 

is discu

ssed

in

 

c

hapter 2

  It provide

s

for a headqu

arters contain

ing

a

conventional

general 

staff

organization and

such sup

porting

troops

as

may be req

uired. The

strength,

orga

nization,

and

specifi

c duties

to be as

sign

ed

to

 

each staff se

ction will vary

 

w

ith  the con

cep

t, size and obj

ectives of the exercise

.

These

requirements will vary with 

each exer

cise and are frequently

dependent

 upon the

fa

cilities

available. Th

e location and

f

acilities selected

 should

 

be  accessible

 

to

the headqu

arters of the

Exercise

D

irector and pr

ovide—

(

1) Adequate space

for the Umpire Headq

uar

ters and

its

acti

vities, to include

appropriate

grouping

of 

related

activities.

(2) Facilities for an

operations roo

m with suffi

 

cient

s

pace

for

necessary

operating

person

nel, operation

of

a

  war

map, charts, air

operations

board, air strike board, w

eather

i

nformation,

and operational and 

com

mand

conferences.

(8)

 

A

Communication

Center equippe

d

to re

ceive, transmit,

and

pro

cess messages

and

repo

rts.

  4)

Facilities 

for

qua

rtering and messing o

f

personnel;

s

torage

and maintenance

  of

equipm

ent,

su

pplies, a

nd vehicles; par

king

of vehicles; an

d

a

  landing field

for

 

he

li

copters.  

A

service club type

building has

 

proven satisfactory

 

for

the

operatio

nal headquarters

of an umpire

g

roup.

1

15

Page 122: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 122/192

The

pr

inciples

outlined in

FM

101-5

are generally

applicabl

e to the umpire staff.

Certain

speci

fic

func

t

ions of umpire

st

aff

sections pa

rticularly applicable

in planning umpire

 

o

rganization

are set

f

orth

as

a

guide  in

  paragraphs 4 through

10

of

this appendix.

4  Personne l

and Administration

The chief of thi

s section

 is

respo

nsible

for

p

lan

ning, coordination, and

supervision 

of

the following:

(1) The

establishment

of

u

mpire pe

rsonnel

policies.

(2) The formulation

 

of

an  Umpir

e

Table

 

o

f

Distributio

n

bas

ed on the umpire require

ments

for the

exe

rcise.

(3)

The 

requisitioning

of

personnel

based

on

the

approved

 

T

able of

Distrib

ution.

(4)

The

rec

ommendations for and

  the

assign

 

ment of personnel to

positions

established

by

the

Ta

ble of Distrib

ution.

(5) The reception, processi

ng, and dep

rocessing

of 

personnel.

(6)

Establish

a

plan for

the pr

eparation

and

accompli

shment of officers

' efficiency reports.

(7) The proc

urement,

utiliza

tion, and ad

minis

tration

of

civilian  p

ersonnel

when 

au

thorized.

(8)

The

procurement

and

assignment of

quar

t

ers; the estab

lishment of messes; t

he in

ternal

organizatio

n and arrang

ement of

the

he

adquarters; an

d

alloca

tion

of sh

elter and

other facil

ities to umpire

headquarters

troops.

116

Page 123: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 123/192

 9) Provides

(in

coordination with

the

Finance

Officer) necessary assistance in the prepara

tion of—

Travel vouchers.

( Z > )

Per

diem

vouchers.

Allotments, including letters of trans-

mittal.

Military

pay orders for changes to be

entered

on pay records.

Processing of

umpire

personnel may be facili

tated

through

early

preparation

and

approval

of

detailed plans. These

plans should provide

the

following:

 1)

That assignment

orders—

Are

provided in

sufficient

copies, normally

10,

with

one copy furnished to umpire

headquarters

prior

to

the

individual's

re

porting date.

(6) Show adjusted date of rank for

civilian

component

officers.

Include

degree

of clearance for

access

to

classified

material.

 2)

That other

necessary records

are

forwarded

with

or

prior

to

the

arrival of the indi

vidual.

(3) That

each officer prepare necessary forms,

including

pay and

mileage vouchers, under

the

supervision of

umpire

headquarters

personnel. 2

117

Page 124: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 124/192

5

. The Adju tan

t

Genera l

Eeference

figure

1 .

The Adjuta

nt

General's

Section—

(1)

Maintain

files

and publications

for the Um

pire Headqua

rters to

i

nclude—

complete file of

army

regu

lations,

special regula

tions, tables of

organization

and

equip

ment, technical

man

uals and

field

manuals pertine

nt to the 

he

ad

quarters.

All directi

ves and

correspondence of um

 

pire and

higher

head

quarters.

(2)

R

equisitions,

s

tores,

and

distributes publi

cati

ons and Department of

 the

Army and

locally

approved blank form

s

a

s

r

equired.

(3)

Disposes of

the

records

of 

umpire

head 

quarte

rs in ac

cordance

w

ith inst

ructions

iss

ued

by

the Exercise

Director.

(4) Receives,

accounts fo

r, and di

stributes all

classified 

material in accordan

ce

with t

he

provisions of AR

38

0-5.

(5)

Operates

the

message 

center,

and postal

service.

(6) Provides a locator 

system

for

personne

l of

the

headquarters.

(7)

Publishes general

and spe

cial

orders,

daily 

bulletins,

and other

directives or pu

blica

tions

as

directed.

(8) Maintains Field

20

1

files

and other records

of umpir

e perso

nnel.

(9) Prepa

res and s

ubmits

pe

rsonnel ro

sters, and

s

trength

returns as requir

ed.

118

Page 125: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 125/192

(10) R

eproduces

mim

eograph material

for the

various sta

ff

sections

as required

.

6. Headquarters

Commandant

The Umpire Headquarters 

Commandant

may

 

ope

rate

as

 

an

assistant to

the Exercise Headqua

rters

Commandant or

as the Umpire Hea

dquarters Co

m

ma

ndant only. In

 

a large

scale exerc

ise the la

tter

will fac

ilitate th

in

terior

a

dministration of

the

Umpire Headq

uarters.

The Headquarter

s Comman

dant commands all

troops not assig

ned or attac

hed to subordinate

 com

mands;

provides internal

administration

for

the

 

headquarte

rs; pr

ovides local securit

y

fo

r the head 

quarters

and, under

the direction

o

f t

he

Person

nel

and Administrati

on

Sec

tion

prepares plan

s

for

 and

m oves

the

headquarters

when

directed.

Th

e

Headq

uarters

Commandant  and

 his staff

shou

ld

arrive

in

the

exerci

se area prior to

 thearrival

of the

C

hief Umpire

and ump

ire

plan

ning group.

 

This

w

ill permit 

the

U

mpire Headquarte

rs Com

manda

nt to—

(1) Prepare plans fo

r the establ

ishment of the

headquart

ers.

(2)

Prepare plans

an

d facilities fo

r the

rec

ep

tion of

  incoming

personnel to inclu

de

preparation of

locator

cards

  (locator cards

when

completed must

be

forwarded

to the

Umpire

Adju

tant

General)

, quartering,

and  messing

of umpire

personnel.

Al

though m e

sses

are no

rmally o

perated

by the

Exerci

se

Headquarters

Comm

andant,

the

  9

Page 126: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 126/192

Um

pire Headquarte

rs Commandant may

be

required to operate

an

Umpire

Mess.

(8)

Make

early arrangeme

nts for—

Drawing

supplies

direct

from

the

issuing

agencies rather

than through the Exer

cise H

eadquarters Commandant.

 

(6) 

Se

tting

up

property books.

De

signation 

of

a proper

ty officer

for

eac

h

section

or

othe

r

activit

y.

Obtain

estimates

and

prepare

requisi

tions for equi

pment required by the

vari

ous staff

sections.

P

rovide personnel

for

 

adm

inistrative

dutie

s,

fo

r

care

and cleaning

of BOQ's,

briefing rooms,

headq

uarters building

,

and gen

eral fatigue.

Establish

a

pool

of

motor vehicl

es

for the

U

m

pire

Headq

uarters.

/.

The

as

signment of an 

appropriate

 

T

OE unit to

the

Umpire

Gr

oup 

will

provide

the Headq

uarters

Commandant

with the

operating

perso

nnel and

equip

ment required

by this section

.

Th

is unit should

be

of

b

attalion size for a

divisional  exe

rcise

and

correspondingly

larger

when

the

scale

of 

the

exer

cise

is larger.

7 Intelligenc

e

Sec t i on

a. The functions of

the

intell

igence section

fall

into two

categories:

in

telligence

aspects of

the exer

cise,

and intelligence

support

of

the

umpire

group.

With

  regard to

the

intelligenc

e asp

ects, the

chief of

th

is

s

ection

in coord

ination

with the Ope

ra

tions and

Training Se

ction, plans

and

is responsible

for:

120

Page 127: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 127/192

(1)

The

super

vising of 

umpi

ring of i

ntelligence

and

 counter-inte

lligence activities.

  2)

Pa

rticipation in

the functioning

of

the

ope

rations

center

at

ump

ire

headqu

arters

to include:

(a) Maintaining

a joint c

urrent

s

ituation

map

in

conjunctio

n with

the Oper

ations

and

Training

Section.

(b) Mai

ntaining

aerial

reco

nnaissance

infor

m

ation

to

 include photo

 

ind

exes and print

files.

(c) Briefi

ngs.

With regard

to the intelligence

support of

the

um

pire

g

roup, the chief o

f this section

plans and 

is

resp

onsible for:

  1)  Provid

ing

the intellige

nce tr

aining

fo

r the

umpire

 

school.

(2)

Arranging f

or personn

el and eq

uipment to

provide intell

igence support for th

e ump

ire 

group.

(3) G

eneral staff supervisio

n of secu

rity

mat

ters pertaining

to

t

he

Umpire 

Group.

  4) Formulating

early

plans

an

d

recomme

nda

tions 

for fulfilling

the  security

clearance 

require

ments of

 

Ump

ire Group pe

rsonnel,

and supe

rvising the execution

of

such 

plans

 

prior

to and

during 

the exercise pe

riod.

(5

) Cond

ucting secur

ity surveys a

t umpire

in

stalla

tions to include

atomic

se

curity vio

lations.

(6) 

Proc

urement and distribution of

maps

and

aerial photographs

to the

Ump

ire

Group.

The

ma

ps a

nd

quanti

ties listed below may

 

Page 128: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 128/192

be

used

  as a

guide in 

estim

ating

 the map

 

req

uirem

ents f

or um

pires

  and

 

U

mpir

e

H

eadq

uarters

 in a

lar

ge joint

 

e

xercis

e i

volving an

umpire 

group of

approximately 

1

,000

um

pires.

1/200,0

00 road

map_

_____

_____

__ 60 sets

1/125,

000 

topogra

phical

ma

p____

__ 100 sets

1/50,0

00

t

opograp

hical

map

25 0 set

s

1/25 ,0

00 with

20

' co

ntours,

  topo

graphi

cal ma

p an

d photo

pr

inted

back  to

back

1,200

sets

The

 1/1

25,000

  and 1/5

0,000

ma

ps a

re 

ge

n

e

rally

use

d by

unit um

pires

of an A

rmor

ed

D

ivisio

n a

nd for

gen

eral p

lannin

g. The

1

/25,00

0 is

the map

gener

ally use

d by

unit

um

pires

  of an

  Inf

antry  or

Airbo

rne

Division.

The

1/25 ,0

00 map

 

is al

so used

  in ma

king

ato

mic

bursts 

effe

cts ove

rlays

(App

.

VII).

(7)

Procur

ement

 and di

ssemin

ation of

w

eather

 

fore

casts.

(8) 

Establishing

a

TOP 

SECKET

control

p

lan for use

 withi

n

the Headq

uarter

s.

(9)  Issu

e ap

propr

iate di

rective

s to

establ

ish t

he

requi

remen

ts

f

or

partic

ipatin

units

to

 safe 

guard

 class

ified

inform

ation

.

8

Op

eration

s a

nd

Tr

aining

 

ect ion

The

org

anizat

ion

of th

e Opera

tions

and T

rainin

g Sect

ion p

rovide

s—

(1) O

perati

ons Subsec

tion.

 

2)

S

chools

 Subse

ction.

122

Page 129: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 129/192

  3)

Rec

ords  an

d Reports Subsection.

  4)

 

Spe

cial Weapons Subsec

tion.

(5)

Umpire Liaison

Teams.

The

wprk load of

these

subsections varies widely

dur

ing each phase of

 the exercise. The O

perations

and Training Section

is  initially

compo

sed

of

  a

small nucleus

of

planners; Records

and Reports and

 

Special Weap

ons subsec

tions are

very 

small, b

ut the

Umpire

 

School m

ust be fully manne

d and op

erating,

training

the

umpires

for

the

exercise.

The

Special

Wea

pons subsecti

on

must be aug

mented w

ith addi

t

ional special

weapons  employ

ment staff officers i

n

pr

oportion to the

number

of 

atomic

 

w

eapons allo

cated to

the comba

t

elem

ents. As the pre-exercise

 

training phase ends

and the beginning of

the tacti

cal

phase

approaches,

umpire

school

operations

de

cre

ase

and

personnel are redistributed 

within

the

Oper

ations a

nd

Training

Section. The

Operatio

ns

s

ubsection

is

materi

ally

expanded

 

jus

t

prior to the

tact

ical

ph

ase. Altho

ugh

opera

ting on a 24-hour

ba

sis

during

the tactical phase, op

erations taper

off

sharply a

t the en

d

of

the

exercise. Umpire L

iaison

Te

ams are required

 only

du

ring t

he tactical phas

e.

The

Reports and Recor

ds subsection

does

not

reach 

its

peak

  of ope

rations until

 

th

e tactica

l

phase

 

actu

ally sta

rts, but its

operations continue

at

full stren

gth

until well after

the exercise is

over.

In

the 

pla

nning

and

pre-exercise

training phases this

subsection is

rela

tively small,

but prior to

the beginning

of

the

 

tacti

cal

phase it must be expan

ded to man

  the operations

123

Page 130: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 130/192

room on a 24-hou

r basis 

and

to

 establish field

head

quarters as

req

uired.

This su

bsection—

(

1) Assists in t

he coordination of

 

matters pe

r

taining 

to

umpire

operations,

planning,

or

ganization,

and

training.

(2) Coordinates

with—

The Supply

Officer on

transportation

and

 

individu

al umpire req

uirements.

(&) The Signal Office

r on 

communicati

on

fa 

cilities.

(3) Prepa

res

a project 

chart

for staff p

lanning

p

urposes.

  4) Coordin

ates

wit

h the

Schoo

ls sectio

n,

pla

ns

and

imp

lements

um

pire participation with

troops for

training o

f

u

mpires,

to

include

CPX's

and

field 

exercises

for training

of

both umpi

res and operations

center per

sonnel.

(

5) Prepares and

publishes an  SOP,

Umpire

Rules,

and Instructions.

  6) Prepa

res and

submits an

Ump

ire Control

Plan.

(7)

Manages the

ope

rations

center at Umpire

Head

quarters to

include

Maintaining a

current

situa

tion map,

 

planning map,

and air

o

perations board

 

for US and A

ggressor Forces.

Briefings.

Evalu

ating incoming m

essages,

a

nd dis

patches such

data as required for

the

Exercise Director's Operations

Section.

Maintaining

the

Operation

Section

journ

al.

124

Page 131: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 131/192

 8)

  Op

era

tes

 add

itio

na

l

op

era

tion

 

cen

ter

s in th

fie

ld

as

dir

ecte

d.

 

9) 

Ke

eps

 th

e

Chi

ef U

mp

ire

i

nfo

rm

ed o

n pla

ns,

tr

oo

p m

ove

me

nts

, and

 spe

cia

l

eve

nts

.

 10)

This

subsection 

must 

be

organized 

to 

pro

v

ide

 thr

ee

ov

erl

app

ing

  s

hif

ts t

o ins

ure

 

co

tin

uo

us

op

era

tio

ns  a

nd

 

a

ffo

rd  ex

tra

 

p

er

so

nn

el re

qu

ired

  fo

r

crit

ica

l

per

iod

s. Ea

ch

 

shi

ft m

us

t—

K

ee

p  ab

rea

st of

  th

cu

rre

nt s

itu

atio

n.

(5)

Maintain  the 

operations 

map.

 

E

val

uat

e i

nco

mi

ng

me

ssa

ges

 

an

d d

isp

atc

pe

rtin

en

t in

for

ma

tion

  to

  th

e O

pe

rati

ons

 

S

ect

ion

 o

f th

e

Ex

erc

ise

 

D

ir

ecto

r s

 

He

ad 

qua

rte

rs.

Ma

inta

in

  t

he  o

pe

rati

on

s jo

urn

al.

S

afe

gua

rd c

lass

ifie

d i

nfo

rm

atio

n

re

cei

ved

 

an

d i

nsu

re

i

ts

d

iss

emi

nat

ion

 

on

ly

to 

a

uth

ori

zed

  per

son

nel

.

(/)

  I

nsu

re  th

at

  r

epo

rts

  a

re  p

rom

p

tly

a

nd 

pro

per

ly

di

ssem

in

ate

d.

(1

1 ) 

I

n jo

int

 ex

erc

ises

 ea

ch o

f th

e p

art

icip

ati

ng

 

A

rme

d

Fo

rce

s  s

hou

ld m

ain

tai

n

an 

ope

ra 

tions 

room 

organized  and 

operated in

a

ma

nn

er

sim

ila

to 

th

at se

t

fo

rth

  in

  th

is 

p

ara

gra

ph

.

 1)

 

Re

fer

enc

e p

ara

gra

ph

s

24

 

th

rou

gh

  26

, an

ap

pen

dix

  II

I.

 2) 

The Umpire 

School

is

designed

to  provide

um

pi

res

 wit

h ge

ne

ral

bac

kgr

oun

d in

for

ma

 

tion

 

on th

e

exe

rci

se, ta

cti

cal a

nd

 

lo

gis

tica

l

re

fre

she

r ins

tru

ctio

n,

an

a

det

aile

d co

urse

 

25

Page 132: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 132/192

in um

piring

technique

s to incl

ude

th

e

duties

of umpi

res, the tech

nique o

f assessmen

t of 

casualt

ies, 

computat

ion

of

 f

ire

pow

er, evalu

ating

effects

of

atomic 

bursts,

and 

umpiring

contacts be

tween o

pposing

un

its.

(3)

The

 Chief

 

of t

his subsecti

on

m

ay

also serve

as

D

irector

of the

Umpire

 

S

chool. He

plans,

 

organizes

, and supe

rvises the

 

U

mpire

Sc

hool.

(4)

The org

anization

  of th

e Ump

ire School

on a departm

ental b

asis perm

its the

 

de

line

ation o

f defin

ite re

sponsibil

ities to the

depar

tments for

the pre

paration

and pre

s

entat

ion of

 instructio

n. A

 suitable

 

d

epart

ment

al or

ganization

 

i

s outlined be

low:

A

Tactics

Departm

ent responsi

ble for

the preparation

and

presentation

of

tac 

tical refre

sher

instruc

tion a

pplicable

 to

the

units

part

icipating

 

in

 

the

exercise

.

Inc

luded should

be th

e effec

ts of the

atomic we

apons

and CBR

on tactics.

An

  Um

piring „Dep

artment re

sponsible

 

for

the

preparation

and

presentation

of

c

lassroom

instruct

ion t

o

Gro

und 

Force

umpires

 

on

 

the

  techniq

ue of ump

iring

each type

of

u

nit th

at will

particip

ate

in

 

th

e exer

cise. U

mpires shou

ld be in

 

struc

ted

as

to

 

th

e actions

to be

taken wh

en

a

simulated

atomic 

and/or

CBR attack

oc

curs in the ar

ea

o

f the unit

to which

t

hey

are a

ssigned.

 

A Fi

eld T

raining

D

epartmen

t respon

sible

for

the prepar

ation

an

d present

ation

o

f

  6

Page 133: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 133/192

pra

ctical um

piring

instructio

n

for

 all

um

pires

. T

his  dep

artment will 

coordin

ate

with all of

the o

ther d

epartmen

ts to

insure

  that co

ordinated

 

instructio

n is

given

in

practic

al field

w

ork.

Instruc

 

to

rs from all

 de

partments

 

sh

ould be made

 

availab

le to assist

th

e Field

Training

 

Depa

rtment in

the

presentat

ion

of

prac

tica

l

i

nstructio

n.

Th

e Fiel

d Traini

ng

Dep

artment should

 presen

t a m

inimum

of 

simulated

atomic or

CBE 

explosions

to

 give the

 

um

pires

practica

l

w

ork in t

his

type

 pro

blem.

A Com

municati

ons

Departm

ent res

pon

si

ble for

the

pre

paration

 

and presen

ta

t

ion of

cl

assroom

co

mmunica

tion in

struc

tion

assists 

the

Field

Training Depart

ment i

n the pr

eparation

 

an

d

presentat

ion

of

pra

ctical

com

municat

ion i

nstructio

n.

Th

e

Enlisted  D

river-Rad

io Opera

tor

Tr

aining

Departme

nt responsib

le for

su

pervision

  of driv

er-radio

opera

tor

training.

Umpire 

support

units

may 

as

sist in

this train

ing.

(/) An A

ir

Fo

rce

Depar

tment respons

ible

for

al

l in

struction presente

d to A

ir Um

pires in

cluding instruct

ing in

Air-G

round 

operati

ons

for

 G

round Umpires.

An Intelligence

Department

responsible 

for the p

reparatio

n and

 

prese

ntation of

in

struction

 

to a

ll um

pires on t

he intel

ligenc

e organi

zation

and aspects of

 

the

ex

ercise 

and the

te

chniques

  of ump

iring

Page 134: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 134/192

in

te

lli

ge

n

ce

 ac

ti

vi

ti

es

.

A

ss

ist

s

th

F

ie

ld

 

T

ra

in

in

g

 

D

e

pa

r

tm

e

nt

 in

 

in

je

ct

in

g

 in

te

l

ig

en

ce

  i

n

to

 

p

ra

ct

ic

al

 e

xe

rc

is

es

.

5)

Plans 

for 

the organization and operation 

o

f

 t

he

 

U

m

pi

re

 

S

c

ho

o

sh

o

u

ld

 in

cl

ud

e

P

r

ov

is

io

n

 

f

or

 

p

ro

c

ur

em

e

n

an

d

 m

a

in

te

 

na

nc

e

 of

 c

la

ss

ro

o

m

 f

ac

il

it

ie

s a

n

tr

a

in

in

g

 

a

id

s.

  C

l

as

sr

oo

m

s

w

i

th

 a

 n

o

rm

a

l

ca

p

ac

ity

 

o

f 5

s

tu

d

en

ts

 sh

ou

ld

 b

av

a

ila

b

le

 

f

or

 th

simultaneous

use 

by 

the 

following 

student 

g

ro

u

ps

:

D

iv

is

io

n

 a

nd

 

H

ig

h

er

 H

ea

dq

u

a

rte

rs

 U

m

 

pi

re

s.

In

f

an

tr

y

 

R

eg

im

e

n

ta

a

n

B

a

tt

al

io

n

 

U

m

p

ir

es

.

Infantry 

Company 

and 

Plat

o

on

 U

m

p

ir

es

.

A

r

m

or

ed

 

C

o

m

b

at 

C

o

m

m

a

nd

  a

n

A

m

o

r

ed

 B

a

tt

al

io

n

 U

m

p

ire

s

.

A

r

m

o

re

C

o

m

pa

ny

 a

n

d P

la

to

o

n

 U

m

p

ir

es

.

D

iv

is

io

n

A

rt

il

le

ry

  a

n

A

rt

il

le

ry

 

B

a

ta

li

on

 U

m

p

ir

es

.

M

or

ta

r,

 

A

rt

ill

e

ry

,

a

nd

  A

t

o

m

ic

  F

ir

e-

 

m

ar

ke

rs

.

T

e

ch

n

ic

al

 

an

d

 

A

d

m

in

is

tr

at

iv

Se

rv

ic

U

m

p

ir

e

s.

T

he

 fo

ll

ow

i

ng

 t

ra

in

in

g

 a

id

s

 a

re

 de

si

ra

b

le

 

f

o

u

m

pi

re

 tr

a

in

in

g:

V

u

-G

r

ap

h

 

w

i

th

 Sc

re

e

10

2

 

sq

u

ar

e.

1

6

-m

m

 

P

ro

jector.

P

u

b

lic

 

A

d

d

re

ss

 S

y

ste

m

 

(I

nd

o

or

 an

d

 O

u

t

do

o

r)

 .

O

p

aq

u

e P

r

oj

ec

to

r

 

(S

ig

n

al

 C

or

ps

 

P

ro

je

c

 

t

or

 PH

 

13

£

FM

 

21

-8

)

.

  8

Page 135: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 135/192

B

l

a

ck

b

o

ar

d

s,

 6

 x

8

 

a

n

d

 4

 x

4

 .

C

h

ar

tb

o

a

rd

s

.

L

ig

h

te

d

  l

ec

t

er

n

s.

P

o

in

t

er

s

, 1

0

'

a

nd

 

.

B

oy

d

 s

ta

n

d

  (F

M

2

1

-8

)

.

E

as

e

ls

.

C

o

m

p

a

ss

es

.

R

a

d

io

s

 

fo

r

 d

i

v

is

io

n

 

u

m

p

ir

e

fi

el

d

 

t

ra

in

 

in

g

 

e

x

er

c

is

es

:

N

o

t m

ou

n

te

d

  i

n

ve

h

ic

le

s

,

1

2

-

A

N

/

PR

C

 

an

d

 

5

-A

N

/G

R

C

 

1

0;

 

M

o

u

n

te

d

 

in

  v

e

hi

cl

e

s,

 

4

-A

N

/V

R

C

 

9

,

4

-S

C

R

 

1

93

, a

n

d

1

9

-A

N

/P

R

C

  8

.

C

o

m

m

u

ni

ca

t

io

n

fo

r

 

a

 

C

om

m

u

n

ic

at

io

n

s

 

F

i

e

ld

 E

x

e

rc

is

e

;

a

n

 o

u

td

o

o

r

P

A

  s

y

st

em

 

a

nd

  t

h

e

f

o

ll

ow

i

n

g

  r

a

di

o

s:

 A

N

/P

R

C

  8 ,

 

A

N

/P

R

C

 

6 ,

 

A

N

/

G

R

C

  1

0,

 

A

N

/V

R

C

 

9

,

SCR193. 

A

t

om

ic

  s

i

m

u

la

to

r

s

f

or

 

fi

el

d

 

tr

a

in

in

g

e

x

er

ci

s

es

.

T

hi

s

  s

ub

 

s

e

ct

io

n

 1

)

 

P

ro

v

i

de

s

  t

he

 

c

hi

e

u

m

p

ir

e

w

i

th

 

da

i

ly

 

a

n

d

 

p

h

a

se

 s

u

m

m

a

r

ie

s o

f t

h

e

m

an

e

u

ve

r

 to

 

in

c

lu

d

e

,

b

u

t n

ot

  l

im

ite

d

 

to

,

 s

ta

t

us

  o

f

 

u

n

it

 

a

nd

  in

d

i

v

id

u

a

l

tr

ai

n

in

g

ta

c

ti

cs

  a

n

d

  t

ec

h

ni

q

ue

s

,

a

d

m

i

ni

st

ra

t

io

n

lo

g

is

ti

ca

l

su

p

p

or

t,

 

a

n

d

 

s

u

p

p

ly

 

ec

o

n

om

y.

 2

)

 

Evaluates,

compiles, 

edits,

and 

writes ma

te

r

ia

f

or

  t

h

e

u

m

p

ir

e

 

s

ec

ti

o

o

f

t

he

 

f

in

al

 

re

p

o

rt

 

a

n

hi

st

o

ri

ca

l

  r

ep

o

r

ts

.

 3

)

 

Fu

r

n

is

h

es

 

d

a

ta

  t

o t

h

e

C

h

ie

U

m

p

i

re

 

f

o

t

he

 

f

in

a

c

ri

tiq

u

e

.

3

5

57

34

 O—

 

55

9

1

29

Page 136: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 136/192

 

4)

 

P

re

p

a

re

s

 th

e

 

fo

ll

o

w

in

g

 f

or

m

s

sp

o

t

r

ep

o

r

t,

d

a

il

y

 

an

d

 

p

h

a

se

 

s

u

m

m

a

ri

e

s,

 s

p

e

ci

al

 re

p

o

rt

s,

 

a

n

d

 

ch

e

ck

 

l

is

ts

a

nd

 p

r

e

pa

r

es

 

di

re

c

ti

v

es

 

t

o

 

guide 

personnel in 

the 

preparation 

of 

the 

a

b

o

ve

 

fo

r

m

s

.

 5

C

o

o

rd

in

a

te

s

 w

ith

 

o

th

e

r s

e

ct

io

n

in

 

t

he

 p

r

e

a

r

at

io

n

 

o

f

re

p

o

rt

 

fo

r

m

s

 a

nd

 

ch

e

ck

 

l

is

ts

.

1)

 

T

h

is

 

s

e

ct

io

n

  c

o

ns

is

ts

 

o

f

 a

n

 

o

p

er

a

ti

on

s

 

o

ffi

 

cer, an 

evaluation group

,

 a

nd

 

a

  r

ec

o

rd

e

r

.

T

he

 

o

pe

r

at

io

n

s

 

of

fi

ce

a

nd

 

th

e

 c

h

ie

f

 o

f

 t

he

 

e

v

al

u

at

io

n

 

gr

o

u

sh

o

u

ld

 b

e

 

se

n

io

r

co

m

b

a

a

rm

of

fi

ce

rs

 

w

it

h

 a

  kn

o

w

l

ed

g

e

 

o

a

t

om

ic

 

a

nd

 C

B

R

 

w

a

rf

ar

e

.

M

e

m

b

e

rs

 

o

f

th

e

 e

v

a

lu

a

tio

n

 

gr

o

u

s

ho

u

ld

 

b

c

o

m

b

at

 

ar

m

s

 o

ff

ic

e

rs

 

o

m

a

tu

r

j

u

dg

 

m

e

n

t

s

p

ec

ia

l

 

tr

a

in

i

ng

 i

n

 

at

om

ic

 w

e

a

po

n

s

 

e

ff

ec

ts

 

is

 

d

e

si

ra

b

le

A

le

a

st

 

o

n

e

m

e

m

b

er

 

s

h

o

ul

d

  b

e

 

fa

m

i

li

ar

 

w

it

a

to

m

i

d

e

liv

e

ry

 

m

e

a

ns

A

n

o

t

he

r

 

m

e

m

b

er

 

s

h

ou

l

b

e

  w

e

l

q

u

al

if

ie

d

 in

 

C

B

R

 

a

ct

iv

it

ie

s

.

(

2)

 

T

h

is

 s

e

ct

io

n

E

s

ta

blishes 

system 

for  umpiring 

and 

s

u

pe

r

vi

s

es

 

a

to

m

i

c a

n

d

C

B

R

 p

l

ay

.

A

s

s

is

ts

 

th

e

 

Sc

h

o

ol

s

S

ub

s

e

ct

io

n

 in

 

m

at

te

r

pe

r

ta

in

i

n

g t

o

 

a

to

m

ic

 a

n

d

 C

B

R

 

p

la

y

.

U

m

pi

re

s

 

th

e

 

fo

ll

o

w

in

g

 ac

t

iv

it

ie

s

:

St

a

ff

 p

r

o

ce

d

u

re

s

 an

d

 

o

pe

r

at

io

n

s

 f

o

e

m

 

ployment of 

these weapons.

A

s

se

ss

m

e

n

t

o

f c

as

u

a

lti

e

s a

n

d

 d

a

m

a

g

es

 re

 

su

l

ti

n

f

ro

m

 

at

o

m

ic

 

a

n

d

  C

B

R

 

a

t

ta

c

k.

P

r

ep

a

r

e re

p

o

rt

s.

(

3

T

h

e

O

p

e

ra

t

io

n

O

f

fi

ce

r—

 

3

Page 137: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 137/192

D

ir

ec

t

t

he

 

fu

n

c

ti

on

i

n

of

 

th

e

 

S

pe

c

ia

l

W

e

a

p

on

s

 

s

u

b

se

c

tio

n

6)

 

K

e

e

p

s

th

e

 

c

hi

ef

 

u

m

p

i

re

  in

fo

r

m

e

d

  o

f

 

th

e

atomic 

and 

CBR phase 

of 

the 

exercise.

S

u

p

e

rv

is

e

s

t

he

 

u

m

p

ir

i

ng

 

re

l

at

in

g

 

to

 

at

o

m

ic

 

an

d

 

C

B

R

 

a

ct

iv

i

ti

es

c

o

o

rd

in

a

ti

n

g

 

w

it

h o

th

e

r

um

p

ir

in

g

 ac

t

iv

it

ie

s

.

S

up

e

r

vi

se

s

  th

e

 

an

a

ly

s

is

  o

f

 

a

to

m

ic

 

a

nd

 

C

B

R

 p

l

ay

 

f

o

r  in

c

lu

s

io

n

 

in

 

f

in

al

 r

ep

o

r

ts

.

(4)

Evaluation 

Group—

U

nd

e

th

e

  s

u

pe

r

v

is

io

n

 

of

 

t

he

 

se

n

io

r

 

e

v

a

lu

 

at

io

n

 

of

fi

ce

r,

 th

is

 

g

r

ou

p

:

P

re

p

a

re

s

 

a

to

m

i

c

a

nd

 

C

B

R

 

ta

b

le

s

,

te

m

 

p

l

at

e

s,

  a

n

c

o

m

p

u

te

rs

.

(

6 )

 

P

re

p

a

re

s

  im

pl

e

m

e

nt

in

g

 

i

ns

tr

u

c

ti

on

s

 

f

o

u

n

it

u

m

p

i

re

s

.

A

s

si

st

s

 

i

n

 

d

e

te

rm

in

in

g

 

ca

s

u

al

ti

es

 

a

n

d

 

d

a

m

a

g

es

 

an

d

 

in

su

r

e

s

t

h

a

c

as

u

a

lty

  a

nd

 

d

am

ag

e

 re

p

o

rt

s

a

re

 

tr

an

s

m

i

tt

ed

 

t

o

 

u

m

pi

re

 

h

ea

d

q

u

ar

te

r

s.

P

re

p

a

re

s

  a

 

fi

na

l

 

re

p

o

rt

  c

o

v

er

in

g

 

at

o

m

ic

 

a

n

d

 C

B

R

 pl

a

y.

(5 ) 

T

h

e

 

Recorder

M

a

i

nt

a

in

s

 

a

 j

ou

r

n

al

 o

f

 

at

o

m

ic

 

a

n

d

 C

B

R

 

p

l

an

s

.

A

s

se

m

b

le

s

 

an

d

 

fi

le

s u

m

p

i

re

 

r

e

po

r

ts

  a

n

d

 

p

r

e

pa

r

es

 

th

e

 

a

t

om

ic

 a

n

C

B

R

 

s

e

ct

io

n

 o

th

e

 d

a

il

y

 

re

p

o

rt

 

fo

r

 

th

e

 c

h

ie

u

m

p

ir

e

.

9

 

S

u

p

p l

y

 

n

T

r

an

s

p

o

r ta

t

io

n

I

n

 

a

d

di

ti

o

n

 to

 

p

la

n

n

in

g

 an

d

 

su

p

e

rv

i

si

n

f

u

nc

 

ti

on

s

,

th

i

s

s

ec

t

io

n

 

i

al

so

 

an

 

o

p

er

a

ti

ng

 se

c

ti

on

.

 

S

i

nc

e

 

th

e

 

U

m

pi

re

 

G

ro

u

p

 

do

e

s n

o

t

h

a

v

e s

p

ec

i

al

 

st

af

se

c

ti

o

ns

131

Page 138: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 138/192

concer

ned

with

log

istical

 

ma

tters no

rmally

 

f

ound o

n

a Divisio

n

Staff, thes

e dut

ies must

be

perfor

med by

 

this

 

se

ction.

This

section

 is

organ

ized into

two su

sections—

 1) Sup

ply S

ubsecti

on.

 2)

Transp

ortati

on Subse

ction. 

The

ch

ief of

t

he S

upply

 and T

ransp

ortatio

n S

ection

 

as

sists and adv

ises

the

chief umpi

re on 

sup

ply,

serv 

i

ce,

trans

portati

on,  miscel

laneou

s

relate

d mat

ters

and supply 

economy.

6.

This subse

ction—

 1)

D

eterm

ines re

quirem

ents and

proc

ures sup

 

pl

ies and e

quipm

ent nece

ssary to

 supp

ort the

um

pire

grou

p, such 

as—

 

Spec

ial umpi

re sup

plies a

nd 

equi

pment

flags,

shoulder

loops,

armbands, casualty

and vehi

cle

dama

ge tags

,

e

tc.).

(i)

B

lank 

amm

unition

,

s

imulat

ors, pyro

tech

ni

cs,

and firin

g device

s.

POL

 su

pplies.

A

rmy

air

craft,  includ

ing

irc

r ft

 

equipped

with radiological

survey

equip

ment

, loud

spe

akers,

 and

 

(

atomic

 bur

st)

simul

ators

for mar

king a

tomic

burst

 and

fall-o

ut ar

eas.

E

xpend

able 

supp

lies for

admi

nistrat

ion

of the

U

mpire He

adqua

rters.

(/)

  I

ndivid

ual an

d orga

nizati

onal 

equipm

ent.

Ration

s, w

hen Um

pire Grou

p

operat

es

a

 

mess

.

 2) Pr

ocure

s class

room

facilit

ies a

nd trainin

g

aids

.

  32

Page 139: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 139/192

 3) 

Dete

rmin

es num

ber

of v

ehicl

es re

quire

d by

 

t

he Ump

ire 

G

roup

.

 4)

  M

aint

ains

a

nd 

r

epai

rs

sup

plies

  an

d equi

ment.

 5

) M

ainta

ins 

pr

oper

ty a

ccou

nting

 an

d

re

spon

 

s

ibilit

y.

 6)

Sc

hedu

les

and

 

su

perv

ises

is

sue an

d t

urn-

in 

of pr

oper

ty.

C

oord

inate

s

t

his activ

ity 

w

ith

the

Pers

onne

l and

 

A

dmi

nistr

ation

 S

ectio

n.

 7) 

Coordinates with the

Communications

O ffi

ce

r  for 

th

e rec

eivin

g an

d dis

tribu

tion

 

of 

si

gnal

 supp

lies

and

equip

men

t

r

equir

ed b

the

Ump

ire G

roup

.

 8) 

Esta

blis

hes a

nd

o

pera

tes sup

ply and

 serv

ice 

p

oints

 t

o

re

nder

 c

lose

logis

tical su

ppo

rt to

u

mpi

res du

ring 

the 

exercise.

 9) 

Su

perv

ises

the

 prep

arati

on

of Stat

emen

ts 

o

f C

harg

es, Sta

tem

ents o

f C

olle

ction

,

and 

Rep

orts

of S

urve

y.

  1

0)

Arra

nges

 

fo

r la

undr

y

an

d

d

ry

clea

ning

 

se

rvice

 for

 u

mpir

e pers

onne

l.

 

11) S

uper

vises

  lo

gistic

al ad

min

istra

tion

in

clud

ing 

p

repa

ratio

n o

f the

  final

logis

tical

 

re

port

 as 

p

ertai

ns 

to

the U

mpi

re

Gro

up. 

Thi

s

su

bsec

tion—

 1) 

Pr

ocur

es

and dis

tribu

tes

a

rmy 

ircr

ft and 

vehic

les

requ

ired

by

the Um

pire

 G

roup

.

  2) Op

erate

a mot

or po

ol

and pr

ovide

s m

ain

 

ten

ance

 

f

or v

ehic

les of 

th

e Um

pire

G

roup.

 

3) R

equ

isitio

ns  a

nd di

strib

utes PO

L.

 4)

 

S

upe

rvise

s  in

stall

ation

  o

f con

versi

on kit

s

for 

radio

s

in veh

icles

Coor

dina

tes th

is a

c

tiv

ity w

ith 

th

e Co

mmu

nica

tions

 Sec

tion.

 

Page 140: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 140/192

(5)

Coord

inates

with

the

Sc

hools subsectio

n

for

supervising the instruction

of drivers

for

umpire vehicles

.

(6)

Establishes

and operates

necessary 

POL

distribution

points

  and

maint

enance

pools

i

n

the

field to support  umpire

vehicle

re

q

uirements

during

the operationa

l phase of

the exercise.

(7)

Supervises the investigatio

n of motor 

acci

dents and

the

submission

of

required

re

ports.

(8) Coord

inates with Su

pply

Officer

and

Com

munication

s

Officer to assure

 procureme

nt of

vehicles

with the

pro

per volta

ge system for

radio

installatio

n.

(9

)

In

planning

vehicle req

uii-ements

for

 joint

e

xercises the fo

llowing chart is

published as

a

guide.

Trucks

34

38

44

20

30

14

Tru cks

57

6

2

74

10

50

6

2MT

Trucks

40

16

M T

Traile

rs

16

27

32

3 8

The vehicles

listed

above 

co

nsist of the

initial

 issue to umpir

es.

There

 s

hould

be an

addition

al

10

per

cent

bas

ed on

  an

initial

issue

of

n

ew vehicles—if

vehicles are old the

figure wi

ll requ

ire 

re

vision upwards. Air-

  34

Page 141: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 141/192

cr ft

 

are

 as

sign

ed  in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith i

n

str

uctio

ns o

f

the Ch

ief

Um

pire.

T

he  n

umb

er o

f veh

icles

 

iss

ued  t

o

sig

nal

support

troops 

will 

vary, depending 

upon

th

e type

 si

gnal

  troop

s

in su

ppor

t,

how

 

ex

tens

ive

th

e

w

ire

lay

ing is  t

o

be

,

a

nd

oth

er fac

tors.

  £ > )

 

A

t

least

 

o

ne-h

alf

of the

%

-ton

 

an

%-to

n

tru

cks w

ill

re

quire

 

r

adio

s.

Con

side

ratio

n

mus

t

be

giv

en

to 

the 

source

of 

mountings

f

or thes

e se

ts—

if t

hey

cann

ot be

pro

cure

d

from

  Sign

al

sourc

es, mod

ifica

tion 

by 

O

rdna

nce

may

 be ne

cessa

ry.

10 C

omm

un ic

at ion

s

Th

is

se

ction

 1

)  P

lans an

d sup

ervis

es

al

l

c

omm

unic

ation

 fa

ciliti

es fo

r the U

mp

ire

Gro

up to

in

clude

— 

«)

Insta

llati

on,

op

erati

on, m

ainte

nanc

e, and

r

epai

r of

th

e

U

mpi

re C

omm

unic

ation

s

S

ystem

.

  Z > ) T

ech

nical

 

in

spec

tions

 

of  per

sonn

el,

in

stallations,

and

equipment.

 2) Exe

rcis

es ope

ratio

nal

con

trol

of all

Sign

al

and Co

mm

unica

tion

 perso

nnel

 an

u

nits

 

as 

sign

ed o

r

att

ache

d

to 

the U

mpir

e

Gr

oup.

 3

)

M

ain

tains

 

li

aison

 w

ith

Com

mu

nicat

ion 

Offi

 

c

er, Ex

ercis

e Dir

ector

 Hea

dqua

rters

.

 4)

Prepares

and

publishes

the

Umpire

Group 

S

OI a

nd

SSI,

ba

sed on

th

e

S

igna

l

Plan

 of 

th

e M

ane

uver

  Dire

ctor.

 5)

  C

oor

dinat

es and 

s

uperv

ises

  al

l p

hoto

grap

hic

age

ncie

s

o

f

the 

U

mpi

re

G

roup

.

 

5

Page 142: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 142/192

(

6)  Furnishes

instructo

rs

for

the Umpire

School.

(7)

Operates

schools

for

radio op

erators when

required.

(8)

Procures, receive

s, stores, and

distributes

sig

nal

supplies

and equipment.

The o

rganization of this section will

in general

follow

that

of Cor

ps or Army

communicati

ons sec

tion as

set

forth in

FM 11-22.

The size of this

section

will

be

influenced by

the

size

of

the

participating

units

. In gene

ral, the 

com

munications

section should

cons

ist of

 

a Se

ction  Headquar

ters, Administrativ

e-

Personnel Section,

Supply Section, Plans an

d Opera

 

tion

 

Secti

on, and a

Photographic

Sectio

n.

(1)

Installation,

operation, and maintenance

of

the umpire communic

ations

syst

em

are

usually

 

ac

complished by

the attached signal

suppo

rt

uni

ts. These

 

signal

 support

units

should

be grouped

under

the

opera

tional

control of

one communicati

ons officer, pro

vide all personnel

required to establish

 com

mun

ications within

the Umpire He

adquar

ters, between

the Ump

ire Headqua

rters

an

d

field

 echelons

,

and f

urnish communicatio

ns

support to t

he

indi

vidual

unit

umpires

in

the

field. Where app

ropriate units

are not

available, or

personnel

having th

e

proper

 

train

ing canno

t be

obtaine

d, extensive r

training

of ava

ilable u

nits and personnel

is

necessary. Thi

s factor influences

the

pha

se-

in

time of

s

ignal suppo

rt personnel.

Page 143: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 143/192

(

2

)

S

i

gn

a

s

u

pp

o

r

u

n

it

s

ho

u

ld

 

a

rr

iv

e

 in

 

t

h

e

x

e

rc

is

e

 

a

re

a

 s

u

ff

ic

ie

n

tl

y  

i

n

 

a

dv

a

n

ce

 

of

 

th

e

 

ex

e

rc

is

e

  t

o

 

re

c

ei

ve

 

c

om

m

u

ni

c

at

io

n

s

e

q

u

ip

m

e

nt

,i

n

st

a

ll v

e

hi

c

ul

a

r,

w

i

re

a

n

d

 

f

ix

e

d-

p

la

n

t

ty

p

es

 

o

f

 e

q

ui

p

m

e

nt

,

test

all wire 

and radio 

c

ir

cu

i

ts

,

a

n

d

 c

o

rr

e

ct

 al

l d

e

fi

ci

e

nc

ie

s

 i

e

q

u

ip

 

m

e

nt

, s

u

p

p

lie

s

a

n

d

 

s

p

ar

e

 p

a

r

ts

 

p

ri

o

r

to

 th

e

 

sc

h

oo

l

 

a

n

d

 fi

el

d

 t

ra

in

i

n

f

or

 

u

m

p

ir

e

s.

  T

h

e

 

p

la

n

n

in

g

 

st

af

fr

o

m

 

bo

t

A

r

m

y

 

an

d

 

A

ir

 

F

o

rc

e

 

so

u

rc

e

sh

o

u

ld

 

b

e p

r

e

se

n

t

i

n

 

s

u f

fi

 

cient

time 

to 

coordinate 

the phasing-in 

of 

p

e

rs

o

n

ne

l

 

an

d

 e

q

u

ip

m

e

n

t. 

1

)

 

P

r

io

r

 

t

o e

s

ti

m

a

ti

ng

 

t

h

re

q

u

ir

em

en

t

s

f

o

r

si

g

na

l

 

su

p

p

o

rt

 tr

o

op

s

,

th

e

 s

c

op

e

 

an

d

 m

a

g

ni

 

t

ud

e

 

o

f

 

t

h

e

e

xe

r

ci

se

 

an

d

 th

e

 

de

g

re

e

 o

f

 u

m

 

pire 

control

to 

b e 

employed 

must 

be known. 

C

o

o

r

di

n

at

io

n

 

w

i

th

  t

h

C

h

ie

f

U

m

p

i

re

 

a

n

d

 

th

e

 O

p

e

ra

ti

o

n

a

n

d

 T

ra

i

n

in

g

 O

f

fi

ce

r

 

i

e

ss

en

 

ti

al

 

i

n t

h

p

re

p

a

ra

ti

o

n

 

o

f

 th

e

 

U

m

p

ir

e

 

C

om

 

m

u

ni

c

at

io

n

s

 P

l

an

.

 

T

h

e

U

m

p

i

re

 C

o

m

m

u

n

i

 

c

at

io

n

P

la

n

,

  i

th

e

in

i

ti

al

 

ph

a

s

es

 

of

 

planning, must

b e su fficiently  

flexible 

to 

fit

a

n

y

 ch

a

n

ge

s

 

in

 th

e

 

o

v

er

al

p

l

an

 

fo

r

 

th

e

 e

x

e

rc

is

e

.

L

a

r

ge

-

sc

a

le

  e

x

er

ci

s

es

 

r

eq

u

ir

e

 

e

te

n

si

v

e

c

o

m

m

u

n

ic

a

ti

on

s

  f

a

ci

li

ti

es

 

o

a

ll

 

ty

p

es

T

h

e

 

c

o

m

m

u

n

ic

a

ti

on

s

 o

ffi

c

er

s s

h

o

ul

d

 

p

l

an

 

t

o

 u

ti

li

ze

,

 

w

h

er

e

ve

r

 po

s

si

b

le

,

c

om

m

er

 

cial

communications

facilities, 

utilizing 

field 

h

ea

d

q

u

ar

te

r

s

an

d

 c

o

m

m

u

n

ic

a

ti

o

ns

 ce

n

te

r

t

c

ha

n

n

e

liz

e

 o

r

 zo

n

e

th

e

 

re

p

o

rt

 m

e

s

sa

g

e

 t

r

af

 

f

ic

  f

ro

m

 

th

e

 

u

ni

u

m

p

i

re

s

F

i

el

d

 co

m

m

un

i

 

c

a

ti

o

ce

n

te

rs

e

q

u

ip

p

ed

 w

it

h

 

a

ll

 m

e

a

n

o

f

Page 144: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 144/192

com

municati

on,

accep

t

t

raffic from

 the unit

um

pires

and

tra

nsmit

via tel

etype 

and radio

to

Umpire

  Headqu

arters, utilizing 

hig

h

sp

eed

equip

ment

to

s

upport the 

la

rge traff

ic

volume.  In

additio

n, commun

ications

fa

cilities mu

st be

provid

ed to transmit

 A

ir

U

mpire repo

rts fr

om Air Ba

ses, Agg

ressor

Joint

 Ope

rations Ce

nter, a

nd the

Un

ited

States J

oint

Operati

ons Cente

r

to O

pera

t

ions, Head

quarters

Umpire

Gr

oup. In

m

ost cases, due

 

t

o d

istances,

these f

acilities

m

ust be

provi

ded over

leased comm

ercial

circuit

s.

(2

)

W

ire con

struction team

s and

switchb

oard

o

perations

 

team

s sho

uld

be

p

rovided

at

least

at

divis

ion, divisio

n artille

ry,

and regim

en

tal

levels.

Radio

communications, to

be

most

effectiv

e, should be

es

tablished with

equi

pment having

a  frequ

ency range

 en

tirely

s

eparate from th

at employe

w

ith

the 

common

ty

pes

of

tactic

al ra

dio

equi

pment,

othe

rwise,

radio

fre

quencies

 may ha

ve to be

withdrawn 

from

the

tactical units 

and

allocate

d

t

o u

mpire use,

thus depriving

 

the

tact

ical uni

ts

of som

e of

 

thei

r com

munica

tions f

acilities an

d

provi

ding

a  minim

um 

of radi

o

circuit

for um

pire use.

Repea

ting

frequen

cies w

ithin t

he Umpire

 Gro

up add to

the

interference

on 

the Umpire Group 

nets.

With

 

a

ll tactic

al and Um

pire radio

channels

 

sha

ring

the same p

ortion of the 

rad

io fre

quen

cy spectrum

care

mu

st be

exercised

 

to

assign

f

requencie

s whi

ch w

ill provide

 

ra

dio

138

Page 145: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 145/192

faciliti

es for

both tac

tical and um

pire co

m

mun

ications.

F

requency

 

assig

nments

for

Umpi

re Group

  are obtained

 

f

rom

Exercise

 

Dir

ector Head

quarters.

 

T

he

type of radi

o

equip

ment availab

le to Um

pire Group

 will

di

ctate the 

freque

ncies

req

uired.

The

type

o

f radio

 

equip

ment

will

al

so di

ctate t

he type

and quan

tity of

suppor

t personne

l

re

quired.

1) The typ

es

and quant

ities of

signal 

equip

m

ent required

for

the umpire

comm

unica 

tions

system s

hould be plan

ned

te

ntatively

at le

ast

th

ree 

months prior

to t

he

exerc

ise.

A

dvance

pla

nning perm

its prop

er

phase-

in 

of

e

quipment

,

adjus

tments

in requirem

ent

l

ists, vari

ous

changes

 

required

 bec

ause of 

nonavailability

of

desired types,

and the

accom

plishmen

t

of

ne

cessary paper w

ork in

connecti

on with  supply

activities.

 

D

irect 

commu

nication with

 

s

upply a

ctivities

of th

e

De

partmen

t

of

the Arm

y and ot

her

agen

cies should

 be autho

rized.

Com

municat

ion

equipment requirements

are

predicated

on—

Scope

 a

nd nature

 of the exercise.

Size  a

nd e

quipmen

of

partic

ipating

forces.

De

gree

and scope of

Um

pire Contro

l.

Repo

rting cha

nnels to be

employ

ed.

Types

and

frequency 

of

reports.

(/

)

Requ

irements for

a

lternate mean

s of

com

municati

on. 

D

esires

o

f

Chief

 Umpire an

d

Staff.

(2)

Phase-i

n

t

ime of

equipmen

t and

suppo

rt

troop

s

is

 p

redicated

 

on—

139

Page 146: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 146/192

 

a)

S

tar

tin

g d

ate

 of

 th

ex

erc

ise

.

 

6)

L

eng

th

 

o

f p

rem

a

ne

uve

tra

ini

ng

.

 

c)

Ve

hic

ul

ar

ins

tal

lat

ion

 

an

d

e

qui

pm

en

t

assem b ly 

lead 

time.

S

u

pp

ly 

sy

ste

m

  le

ad

 tim

e

.

S

ear

ch

 t

im

f

or

 av

ail

ab

le

eq

ui

pm

en

t.

 /)

 Av

ai

lab

le

pl

an

nin

tim

e.

 4 

Page 147: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 147/192

  PPEN

DIX  III

 

UMPIRE

 T

R INING

 

PROGR

 M

T

he

following

 

tra

ining

pr

ogram ma

y be

 used 

as a

guide for the pr

eparation

 of umpir

e trainin

g sche

d

ules

If

the

exercise

plan

calls

for

special

opera 

tio

ns  then

the 

schedule mu

st be 

modified  t

o include

umpi

re 

training 

in

t

hese special

 op

erations.

Subjec

t

Hours

_

Official

 

W

elcome. 

_ __

_

Pur

pose

and

Scope

  of

Exercise._

_______

M

aneuver

Area

Rights

 and

 Restricti

ons.

Partic

ipating

Tr

oops______

__________

___

Umpi

re School Orga

nization an

d Ump

ire Organ

iz

ation _______

_________

__________

_________

Supply

and 

Supply

Economy .. 

______________

Orienta

tion o

n

Ag

gressor. _

_____ _

__ ___

Aggres

sor Demonst

ration.____

_________

_______

Sa

fety Pre

cautions.

.__. _

__ .__

_ _ ..

Map Read

ing______

__________

_________

______

Utiliza

tion of

  Intell

igence.__ 

_ ____ _ 

__ __

Rec

onnaissance

 of Exercis

e Area._

___ _  __

  _.

Maneu

ver

Control

  ._ .

_ _

  _

Landmi

ne Warfar

e.___.____

... _____

_ __

Che

mical

and 

Biologi

cal Warfare

__. ___ _

_._

Em

ployment of Pyro

technics

and

Control

Devices.

_______

__________

__________

_______

Orientatio

n on

the

Air G

round System__

_________

2

 

47

 

5

2

8

 

2

2

 

Page 148: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 148/192

Su

bjec

t

C

ont

inue

d

Communication  Plan with Channels for

the

Exe

rcis

e. --_

_--

_--

-__

_-_

-_--

-_-

___

___

__

__.

Ra

dio-

Tel

eph

one

 

P

roce

dur

e,__

___

___

___

___

___

_

Op

erat

ion of

 

Rad

io

Sets

  a

nd

C

om

mun

ica

tion

S

ecu

rity

_

___

----

--__

___

___

__

___

___

___

___

_.

Com

mu

nic

atio

n Fi

eld

 

E

xer

jise

 w

ith

 Rev

iew

,

Conduct

of 

the 

Maneuver, 

Maneuver

Contro

l,

Ar

ea

Rig

hts

 

a

nd  R

estr

icti

ons

. __

___

___

___

___

Co

mm

and

  Po

st Exe

rcis

e___

__

____

___

___

___

___

At

om

ic A

spe

ct of

 th

Exe

rcis

e. __

___

___

___

___

_

O

rga

niza

tion

  and

  T

act

ics 

(

con

curr

ent

ly b

um

pir

e as

sig

nme

nt) __

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

Ar

tille

ry..

  _-

--_-

__-

___

___

-__

__.

___

___

An

tiai

rcra

ft A

rti

ller

y...

 

.

 

_

___

___

___

___

___

Armored

Units 

__________________________

O

rga

niza

tion

 

o

f

I

nfa

ntry

  an

d

Airb

orn

e

Em

plo

ym

ent

  o

f

Inf

antr

y

i

n

Off

ensi

ve

a

nd

D

efe

nsiv

Op

erat

ion

s.__

___

____

___

___

___

O

rga

niza

tion

  an

d

Op

erat

ion of

 

Ai

rbor

ne

Cor

ps* __

___

___

___

___

___

____

___

___

___

__

Airborne 

Assault*_____ 

_

__________________

T

an

k-I

nfan

try

-Arti

ller

y T

eam

 ___

___

___

___

___

__

_

 

_

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

____

___

__

U

mpi

ring

 D

utie

s,

G

en

eral

 __

___

___

___

___

___

___

Tac

tica

l  a

nd

O

rga

niz

atio

nal

 

Fa

cto

of 

Gr

oun

d

U

mp

irin

g, _

___

___

___

____

___

___

___

___

___

___

C

aptu

re

of 

Pe

rso

nne

l  and

  M

ate

riel

  _

___

___

__

Ass

ess

men

t of

 

Ca

sua

lties

 and

  D

ama

ges

___

___

___

Umpiring Landmine 

Warfare__.________ 

_______

C

omp

uta

tion

 

of

Los

ses

D

ue 

to  C

hem

ica

l

Ag

ent

s_

Cas

ualt

y a

nd 

D

ama

ge 

As

sess

me

nts 

Due

 

to

C

hem

ica

l a

nd 

Bi

olog

ical

 A

ttac

__

___

___

___

__

•U

sed

only

 

wh

en

exerc

ise  is

p

redo

min

ately

 

a

n ai

rborn

e o

ne or i

s

requ

ired

 

for

pr

oper

 

um

pire

 o

rien

tatio

n. Tim

e to

be t

aken

 fr

om op

en tim

e.

 4 

Ho

urs

Page 149: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 149/192

Subjec

t

Continue

d

Duties of

Umpires

in

the

Atomic

Play of the

Exerci

se- ---_

___-__

___-.__

_--_--_

_____

____

Obstacl

es and De

lays_._

_--___

----___

______

__

U

mpire

Records

 and R

eports

__-_-__

____-__

____

Intell

igence (co

ncurren

tly by u

mpire ass

ignmen

t).

Arm

y

Securi

ty

A

gency

Umpi

re Dutie

s. _

__ -„

Fie

ld O

peratio

ns

I

ntellige

nce U

mpire

Du

ties.

CIC

 

Ump

ire D

uties_

_-_---_

---__-

__--__

., 

G

2 Air

Umpire

 Duties

____-_

_--___-

-_-____

IP

W Um

pire 

Dutie

s . 

...._

_

Or

der of

Batt

le

Um

pire

Duti

es,.__

_._.._._

 

Pho

to In

terpret

er Umpi

re D

uties

.........

.

Te

chnical In

telligen

ce Ump

ire

Duties.

 

C

ensorsh

ip Umpire

 D

uties.

_

..___

.

Docu

ment A

nalysis

 Ump

ire Dutie

s......

..

Recording

Teams

Umpire

Duties..........

Inte

rpreter

 

and

Transla

tor U

mpire Du

ties..

Revie

w

of Ump

ire D

uties_-

------_

_--___

-.|

Ex

aminat

ion. _ _

_ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ _ _

_._

_ ..

..

.__ ..

Field

 

De

monstra

tion 

of Ump

ire

Meth

ods...

....I

Pr

actical

Feld W

ork to In

clude

Rehea

rsal w

ith

Aggres

sor F

orce._

_.-_-.

--___-

--__---

-.___.

Testing of

Communications.__.._---__-.._____

At

omic

Weap

ons Play

Umpirin

g- — . .

..

Sched

uled T

ime.

Open T

ime__.

..

To

tal.

143

Page 150: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 150/192

A PPENDIX 

IV

SAFET

Y P R EC A

UTIONS

1.

The f

ollowing

 rulesapply

to the

han

dling

of

all

explosives

and

pyrotechnics:

E

xplosive

s will be

ha

ndled

only

by

pers

onnel

who

 

ha

ve 

rec

eived 

ind

ividual ins

truction

from

a

qualified

instruc

tor.

  .

A

ll

person

nel will

b

e instr

ucted

in

s

afety p

re 

cautions

 of

 

type

s of amm

unition

and explosiv

es t

o

be used.

person  will be

made re

sponsible

  f

or

ob

 

servan

ce of

safety

precautio

ns in all

 

task

s invo

lving

the

use of explosiv

es.

2.

Each

sim

ulator

conta

ins approxim

ately

poun

of expl

osives an

d

is

detonated 

by

an electric

blasting

cap.

Smokin

g is

proh

ibited

wh

ile

hand

ling

am

mu

niti

on.

ft . Keep

 

ammu

nition

away

fr

om heat.

Han

dle am

munition

 

ca

refully an

d do 

not apply 

pr

essure o

su

dden impact

 

a

s the

 electric blasti

ng

caps

 

a

re 

sensitive.

Primed

 

ammun

ition should

not be trans

ported.

El

ectric blastin

g caps

 should n

ot

be

carri

ed

in

pockets.

/.

The lo

ader must disco

nnect the

 

cable

 

from

 

the

con

trol box

and ta

ke the

control box

forward

 with

144

Page 151: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 151/192

him

to

the simulator

bank.

The

cable must

also be

disconnected from the simulator bank.

Load the simulator

before connecting

the

cable.

Return

to

the

firing

position

with the control

box

and

connect

the

cable to

the control

box.

Make certain

all

personnel are

at

least 150

feet

from the simulator during firing.

Wait

at

least 5 minutes before investigating

mis

fires.

3.

The grenades

are activated by a

pull-type

friction

igniter. The commercial type

grenade

explodes

5

to 8 seconds after the firing device is pulled.

4. The practice

antitank

mine normally contains

no

explosive

in

the

body of

the

mine.

The

fuze

contains

the

charge

and

is

ac

tivated by pi'essure.

Inspect the fuze assembly and the fuze well for

any

damage

or

obstruction

before arming.

6. Screw the

fuze assembly

finger tight.

The

mine

should

be

before

it

is

armed.

Handle the practice mine with the

same

care

given

a

live service mine.

5.

This type

pyro

technic is fired from

a

pyrotechnic pistol

M-8

or

pyrotechnic projector M-9 and bursts at

a

height of

approximately

200

feet.

Fire the

pyrotechnic pistol

or projector at a

vertical angle of at

least

60°.

B e

sure no one is in the

line

of

fire.

D o not

fire directly over

troops.

S55734O—55———10 145

Page 152: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 152/192

6.

(1)

Do not hand

le 

g

renades by the pull

ring.

(2) 

When

removing 

the

safety

pin,

hold

the

fuze lever

firmly agains

t

the gre

nade bo

dy

until grenade

is thrown.

(1) Keep head w

ell to

one

side 

when ignitin

g

sm oke p

ots.

(2)

Eemain

25

feet

away

from

burning

pots.

7.

Do not

 

insert

foreign objects

 in the

car

tridge

case or in the base o

f

the

weapon.

8.

Simulat

or,

g

unflash M-110_______

___________ 150

Booby-trap

,

flash

T-80

_____________

_____

5

Booby-trap

,

illuminating

 T-81____

___________ 5

Booby-tra

p, illumina

ting

T-82

______________

_

5

Simu

lator,

h

and-grenade, T-79__

_____________ 30

Grenade

, hand,

 simulator

 

(commer

cial

type

 _____

15

Grenade,

smoke,

white

HO

AN-MS-___________

15

Grenade, smoke,

 colored

M18——————_

____—__ 15

Po

t,

smok

e,

HO

M

l_____________

__________ 25

Mine, anti

personnel,

M 8

T4)_________

_______ 

15

Mine, antip

ersonnel T

34

______________

_____ 3

Mine

,

antitank, M 12

(T8E1)

____________

____ 5

Mine, chemi

cal___———____

______________ 

10 0

Cal .30

ammunition blank-_________

_________

60

Cal

.4 5

ammunition

blank__________________

60

Cal .50

ammunition blank_

______________

___ 60

10 gage shotgun blank________

_____________ 

60

9 .

Chemical

la

nd

mines

must be

filled with a 

harmless simulated

 agent before

  6

Page 153: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 153/192

f

iring

,

and

 

w

hene

ver

p

ossi

ble

sh

ould

 be

b

urie

d j

ust

be

neat

h the

 sur

face

. If

the 

m

ine is bu

ried

,

a

 pri

ma-

cord

 

burs

ter of 

6 to

8 fe

et s

hould

 be

  attac

hed

by 

means 

of

two wires

on 

the back

of 

the

mine.

 

If

the 

min

e

i

s not

 buri

ed, 

2

t

fee

t of 

prim

acor

d is

  used

.

147

Page 154: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 154/192

AP P E N

DIX

V

THE FIRE

POWER  CO

MPUTER

1 A

 

simple fi

re 

po

wer computer,

ap

plicable to

both United Sta

tes and

 

Aggr

essor forces, for

use

by

unit

umpires

in 

computing

fire

power

scores

in

para 

graphs 5

7 and 58, 

is

descr

ibed in the following

paragr

aphs.

2. 

The

c

omputer consists of a

 cover (fig.

15) and

four ins

erts (figs.  16-20).

  The cov

er

indi

cates

ranges at which the

fire power of indiv

idual wea

pons

(side

A) and

the

fire

power

of 

infantry

units

(side

B) may

b

e

effective. Th

e

inserts

 

contain

the

fir

e

power

for units 

f

rom squ

ad to battalion size (side

B).

The fire powe

r

score

s fo

r units

are

 based on

all

th

e

weapons

normally

en

gaging in fire figh

ts (par.

58).

When

 

dam

age of

weapons in

unit is assessed

, the

given

fire 

power

score

must

be

reduced by

the

scores

of the weapo

ns  damaged.

The

re 

are four inserts; 

one  fo

r

United

States w

eapons and the infantry

battalion

(fig.

16), 

one

for

United

 States

Armored

Infantry

 

Battalion

and United

Stat

es Airborne In

f

antry

B

attalion

(fig.  18),

one for Aggressor w

ea

pons

and

Aggressor

Rifle

Battalion

(fig.

19),

and

one

f

or

Aggressor Mechan

ized Rifle Battalio

n and

Aggressor

Airborne Rifl

e

Battalion

(fig. 

20).

  In

for

mation

concerning 

fire power

and casualty assess

ment, applicable

to both Unit

ed States a

nd

Agg

ressor

14

8

Page 155: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 155/192

force

s, has been ex

tracted

a

nd

print

ed on

the 

back

of

the i

nserts

f

or read

y  referen

ce

(fig. 17). The

 

same cover

may be used

with

 either

 

insert.

Inserts

for other units 

may

be

prepared 

and 

used

when

the 

provision

s

of

 an

exercis

e

requir

e it (

for ex

ample,

arctic

or j

ungle e

xercises)

.

3. The

cove

r

is

m

ade

from 

a

4 x

11% pie

ce

of

 

the

 100 Ib wei

ght white

 index pap

er, or

sim

ilar

ma 

te

rial. Whe

n

folde

d an

d glued

(fig. 15),

a

4

x 53,4

cover

envelope

is formed.

4. The

insert

s are ma

de

fro

m

a 5% x 8

piece of

paper of

the same

 type

 

as t

he

co

ver.

When folded

 

(figs.

  16-20), a

 4 x

5% 

insert 

is formed.

 

When

 

p

rinted

on 

o

ne card,

the positi

on

of A

' and B

s

hould be ca

refully

noted. Th

e ins

erts sh

own

in

figur

es

1

8 and 20

 

ar

e

used with s

ide

A

  of

figu

res

1

6 and 19

,

r

espective

ly.  For

con

venience and rea

dy

ident

ification,

it is de

sirable

that inform

ation pe

r

taini

ng

to the

Unit

ed

S

tates

forces be  printed

 

on

paper of

a co

lor

diff

erent from 

that p

ertaining

 

to

the

 Aggresso

r

f

orces.

5 . The

 fire

power comput

er is assemb

led

by sliding

 

the ins

ert

in

to the

cover. Slide 

A

 

o

f

insert

m

atches

side

A of co

ver. After

the

insert is pl

aced in t

he

co

ver,

t

he fire p

ower

scores of the

various w

eapons,

for

a give

n range, ma

y be

read throug

h the o

pen slot 

of

side

A .

At 

a

given

range, the

fire

power 

score

of

 

in

fantry

un

its

fro

m a s

quad to a

nd includ

ing a 

battalion

,

can

be determi

ned on

side B

.

Page 156: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 156/192

FIRE

P O W E R

 

C O M P U

T E R

REG

IM EN T

A L  

W E A P

O N S

Cut o _

ut

  W E A P O N  

[ ~ 3 ° °

5°°

T~ TW ~ T~ w ~ ]' iioor~ i35o Ji5oo  ~ n

R A N G E

IN   Y

A RD S

R E F E

R E N C E

  F M   1 0 5

  5

M A N E

U V E R   C O N

T R O L

Fo

ld

FIR E

  P O W

E R

C O M

P U T E R  

IN

F A N T RY

 

B

A T T A L

IO N  

U N IT S

CuF  b

ut'~

TY

PI

o 50

0

ove

r

UHT

Eff

ect

15

00|

R A

D G E IH

  Y A RD S

  — — — —

— — —

— —

• r —

Fo

ld

flap

 

thl>

r

lu«

to

back

of

A

a

t

left

edge

pow

er

I

SO

Page 157: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 157/192

FIRE P O W E R O O l f f t f T E R — U S

W E A P O N S

1 5 5

  n a ~ 5 5 W

1 0 5

U L

a o w

75 1 0 1 P A C E

H O W

9 0 ui

 am

40

Itt G O

T D U A L

105 W

RIFLE

75

1 0 1 RIFLE

57

1 0 1

RIFLE

2.3

R O C K E T

3.5 B O O K E T

4.2 tti

M O R T

A R

81

M O R T A R

60

IK

I B R T A R

ID

50

O A L

1 C  

50

Q U A D

ID

H V T  

30

ID L T

30

B A R

RIFLE

C A R B I N E

^

— —  

-

 

— — — — — — — — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — —

— — — — — ^

25

20

15

15

1

6

20

15

10

6

6

15

12

6

10

40

10

6

3

1

1

2

5

20

15

15

16

20

15

10

6

6

15

12

6

10

40

10

6

3

1

.5

25

20

15

15

16

20

15

10

6

6

15

12

6

10

40

10

6

1.5

.5

~ —

25

20

15

15

16

20

15

10

_

6

15

12

6

10

40

10

6

1.5

.5

~ —

2 5

20

15

15

16

20

15

10

_

_

15

12

6

10

40

10

6

2 5

20

15

15

16

20

15

10

 

_

15

12

6

10

40

10

3

25

20

15

15

16

20

15

10

_

_

1 5

12

6

10

40

10

3

25

20

15

15

16

2

0

15

10

_

_

15

12

6

10

40

10

FIRE P O W E R

C O M P U T E R — U 3

I H F A N T R T B A T T A L I O N

B H

R

IFLE

C O

RI

FLE

P L

A T

RIFLE

3 Q D

W F N S O D

W P H P L A T

60

1 0 1 H O O T  

S E C T

57

1 0 1

RIFLE

S E C T

H V I 1 P N S C O

ID

P L A T

A T P L A T

M O R T A R

P L

A T

775

19 0

50

10

10

50

20

30

200

40

110

50

775

19 0

50

10

10

50

20

30

200

40

110

50

610

14 0

30

5

10

50

20

30

200

40

no

50

610

14 0

30

5

10

50

20

30

200

40

110

50

430

65

10

— —

10

50

20

30

200

40

110

50

39 0

65

5

— —

5

50

20

30

200

40

110

5

0

39 0

65

5

5

50

20

30

200

40

U .O

50

290

30

— —

— —

— —

30

30

200

40

110

50

luxiiiai

R A S Q E C R E D I T

9 0 HI 

Q D H ( M O V I N G ) 1000

( S T A T I O N A R Y ) 14000

75 O R 76

1 0 1 O U H •

10 00 13000

106 R

R

10 00

8000

75 R R

1000

7

00C

57

RR

800

100C

4.2

M O R T A R

'gOC

81 1 0 1

l i O R T A R

300C

 

*^

-^^— ̂^ ~ * ^ — —

 

^

^B

^**^

— • —

*— —

151

Page 158: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 158/192

F

IRE

 

P

O W E

R

1.

  A

n

att

ack

ing

  u

nit

  Bay

  a

dva

nce

 

a

gai

nst

an

opp

osi

ng

uni

t vbe

t

ha

s fir

e p

ow e

r

su

per

ior

ity  a

foll

ow

s:

a. 

normal 

nintaua 

of

to 

1 , 

preferably

3

or

to

1.

b.

D

efen

der

 wit

h

g

ood

 

co

ver 

a

nd 

con

ceal

me

nt,

5  

to  1. 

c

.

Su

rpr

ise

fla

nk

or

re

ar 

att

ack

 

1

 

to  1 

ex

2

to

 

1

.

u

nit u

sing

 f

ire

 

and

 

m

an

euv

er   i

n  fro

nta

l

atta

ck

cre

dit

  u

nit

wit

h  t

wic

e ac

tua

l

fir

e po

wer

.

3

«

U

nit

at

tac

kin

g  fro

nta

lly

 

by

  fir

e a

nd M

an

euv

erin

g t

o s

trik

e  d

f

end

ers

  fl

ank

 

or

r

ear

;

cr

edi

t  u

nit

wit

h t

hre

e  ti

aes

 act

ua

l

f

ire

 

po

wer

.

* •  

Ef

fec

ts 

on

 

fir

e

p

ow

er of:

a

.

SM

oke:

 

l)

On

 

un

it

fi

ring

;  50

 

red

uct

ion

 of

 inf

 

fi

re po

wer

.

(2) 

On

target;  25?

reduction

of Inf

fire 

pow

er .

(3

) On

tan

ks,

  v

eh

icle

s; 100

  r

edu

ctio

of

A T

  fir

e.

  U )

  O n

t a r g

e t ;

 

2

 

e

d u c

t i o

n  

o f  A

rty

  f i r e

,

b .

 

Ar

ty  f

i r e

:  

l )

 

O n

 

i

n f

u n i

t ;

f i

r e

p o w e

r

o f u n

i t

n e u

t r a

 

l i z

e d d

u r i

n g

a

r t y

 

f i

r e .

 

2

)   O

n

a r t

y   b t

r y ;

 

n e u

t r a

l i z

e b t

r y  

>

s O n

u t e

s

p e

r   b

t r y

  v o

l l e

y f

i r e

d .

c

 

T a n

k ,

S

P Gu

n F

i r e

: o

b s e

r v e d

  f i

r e

o

n d i s

c o u

n t e

d   t r

o o p

s  

n e u t

r a l

i z e

s t h e

 

f i r

e p o w

e r

o

f

t

h e

d l

s n o

u n t

e d   t

r o o

p s

f o

r

t h e

  d

u r a

t i o

n

o f t h e   o b s e r v e d f i r e .

d

.

A v

i a t

i o n

:

f i

r e

p o w e

r

o f

t r o

o p s  

u n d

e r a t t

a c k

  n

e u t

r a l

i z e

d  

d u

r i n

g  

a

t t a

c k .

SUM

IY

 

S

S S

SM 

NT

1

F i

r e   b y

 

o p

p o s

i n g

 

I

n f ;

  1 ?

t

o 3

?

p

e r

h o

u r .

2

.

P e

r s o

n n e

l  

u n d

e r  

a r t

y f

i r e :

a .

 

S t a n

d i n

g , r u

n n i

n g ,

 

o

r I

n

t r

u c k

s ;   1

?

p e

r

b t r y

  v

o l l

e y .

b

 

P r o n

e ;  

1   3

  o

r

1

£

p e r

  b t

r y

v o

l l e

y .

c

.

E n t

r e n c

h e d

;

1 / 2 0

 

o f

1 ? p e

r   b

t r y

  v

o l l

e y .

3

I n

f a n

t r y

  w i t

h i n

  1 0 O

  y

d s  

o f  

a t t

a c k i

n g  

t a n

k s   o r

 

s e l f

- p r

o p e

l l e

d   g

u n s

a .

N

o t

e

n t r

e n c

h e d ;

 

3

?

p e

r a t t

a c k

.

b .

E n t

r e n

c h e

d ;   l

j

p e r

a t

t a c

k .

k

F o u

r

a

i r c

r a f

t a t

t a c

k i n

g

d i s

c o u

n t e d

  t r o

o p s

: 5 0

 

x 1

0 0  

y d

 

a r

e a *

 

Ra

pal

n w

o r

1 0

? c a

s u a

l t i e

s .

F

i r e

  p o w

e r

1

0 0 ?

 

n

e u t r

a l i

s e d

  f

o r

w/o

  s t

r a f

i n g

 

d u

r a t

i o n

  o

f t h

e a

t t a

c k  

p l

u s

t w o  

M i

n u t

e s .

 

HE

 

b o

n b s

 

o r

5 ?

c

a s u a

l t i

e s .

 

F i r

e  

p o w

e r n

e u t

r a l

i z e

d s a

n e

a

s

v/

o

s t r

a f i

n g

a

b o v e

.

S t

r a f

i n g

 

2 ? c a

s u a

l t i

e s .

 

F i r

e   p

o w e r

  1

0 0 ?

  n e u

t r a

l i z

e d

o n

l y

e x

c e p t

  AA

  f o

r

d u r

a t i

o n  

o f

  a

t t a c

k .

T h

e  

l o

n g a x

i s  

o f

  t h e

  a

r e a

  p a r

a l l

e l   t o  

t h

e

d i r

e c t

i o n

  o

f f l

i g h

t I s

t h

e   b

a s i

s   f

o r

M e a

s u r

e .

I E

C I S

I O K

S O

F U M P

I R E

S   A

RE FI

IAL

77. 

Page 159: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 159/192

FIRE

P O

W E R C O M P U T E R  

D 3 A R K Q R E

D

INF

B

A T T A L I O N

B N

H Q A T O 3 V 00

R O N P L A T

30

0UT

SECT

T

H K S E C T

RIFLE

3 Q D

S U

P P O R T S O D

K O R T

3 Q D

RIFL

E 00

RI

FLE

P L A T

 

RIFL

E S Q D

f f i P H

S Q D

tORT

P L A T

800

150

90

20

5

0

10

10

60

160

10

10

35

800

150

9

0

20

50

10

10

60

160

40

10

10

35

610

140

80

15

50

5

10

60

1

05

3

0

10

35

610

14

0

80

15

50

10

60

105

3

0

10

35

420

135

70

10

50

1

0

60

70

10

10

35

345

130

70

5

50

1

0

60

55

5

5

35

145

110

70

5

50

10

60

55

5

5

35

265

1

20

60

50

1

0

60

3

5

 

35

 

FIRE P O W E R C O M P U T E R

U 3 A I R B O R N E

INF

B A

T T A L I O N

  N

RIFLE 00

RI

FLE P L A T

HIF

LE 

S Q D

T O N S

9 Q D

»PNS P L A T

60

U U M O R T

S E C T

57

J f f i R R S E C T

H V T W P N 3

O

H O P L A T

AT P L A T

V O R T PL

AT

720

175

40

10

10

50

20

30

2

00

40

110

50

72

0

175

4

10

10

50

20

3

0

200

40

110

50

585

1

30

25

5

10

50

20

30

2

00

40

no

50

585

130

25

5

10

50

20

30

200

4

0

11

0

50

450

8

5

10

1

0

50

20

10

200

4

0

11

0

50

395

65

5

5

50

20

30

200

40

11

0

50

395

65

5

5

50

2

0

30

200

40

110

50

290

30

30

 

30

200

40

110

50

 

53

Page 160: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 160/192

F

IR E P O

W E R C

O M P U T

E R

O

F A G G

R E S S O R

  W E

A P O N S

so

U

L  

G O T

75 S i k G

U N

120 lui

D R T A R

8

1 Hi

k C R T A

R

H V Y L f l

O A L

.5

0

H ID

  C A L  

.30

L1C

RIFL

E

SiC

15

1

5

15

12

10

10

6

1

3

15

15

15

12

10

10

6

1

(D

I

15

15

15

12

10

10

6

T O   1

(

15

15

15

12

10

10

6

.5

0

Y D S

15

15

15

12

10

10

6

15

15

15

1

2

10

10

3

15

15

15

1

2

10

10

3

15

15

1

5

12

10

I

A X I U U U

 

RA

ID S CR ED I

T

80 C

U M

l i O V

IN Q

1 C G O

103 3 T

A T I 0 1IA

R Y 14000 

Y D 3

75

Q U N

K

O O Y D S

 

1

3000 T D 3

120 kk

tO R T

A R

6000

ID S

81 1 2 1

 

K

O R T A R

3000

ID 3

A

F

IR E PO ' J

E R O O

K H T E R

  A O - R S 3

S O R IK F

 B A T T

A L I O N

B N

RIFLE

 00

RI

FL E

P L A T

RIFL

E 3 «

D

ffl P L A

T

1C

 00

L Q P L A

T

A A

1C

PL A T

L

T i£RT 0

0

t iOR

T P L

A T

A

T 0

0

A T P L

A T

7

20

12

0

30

10

30

16 0

40

40

110

35

90

30

720

12

0

30

10

30

160

4

0

40

1

10

35

90

30

53

5

75

15

5

30

160

40

40

1

10

35

90

30

5

65

75

15

5

30

16 0

40

40

110

35

90

30

450

30

— —

— —

TQ

160

4

0

40

110

35

90

30

45

0

30

— —

30

1

60

4

0

40

110

35

90

10

450

30

30

16 0

40

40

13

0

35

90

30

24

0

— —

— —

— —

4 0

40

110

35

90

30

E

 

54

Page 161: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 161/192

F I RE 

P

OHER

AGGRES

SOR  MECHA

NI ZED

BATTA

L I ON

BN

RI F

L E 

00

RI F L E

PLAT

RI

F L E S

QUAD

SO 00

J E

  PLAT

MORT AR

 

CO

l i O R

T A R

PLAT

AT

CO

AT

PL AT

460

90

 

1

6

 

2

70

  5

6

3

 

4 6  

90

3

1

6

2

70

3 5

6

3

3 2 5

4 5

1 5

5

60

2

7

3 5

6

3

3 2 5

4 5

1 5

5

60

2

 

7

3 5

6

3  

1 9

60

2

70

3

5

6

3  

1 9

60

20

70

3 5

6  

3

1 9

60

2

7

0

3 5

6

3

1 3

7

5

6

3

T H I S  

B A T T A L I O N

I S

F O U N D

I N

R I F L E

R E G  

DE N T S

A N D

H E D I U K

T A N K

R E G I M E N

T S

O

F M E C H A N I Z

E D  

D I V I S I O N

S

T

H B

A T T A L I O N

S F O U W D

I

N H

E A V T

T A N K

R E G I M E N

T S   O F M E C

H A N I Z E D

D I V I S

I O N S D

O N O T H A V E

U A O H I N E

 

G U N

U

ORTAR

AND ANTI TANK

 

OOUPAN

I ES.

B

FIRE 

POTER 

A G G R E S S O R  

AIRB O RN E

RIFLE

B A T T A L I O N

 

RIFLE 0

0

RIFL

E

PLAT

RIFLE

S«D

50

10

M O R T S Q D

l i Q

PLAT

U O SEC T

I C O R T

C O

K O R T P

UT

A T

 

00

A T PLA T

805

170

35

10

5

60

20

70

2

5

60

30

805

17

0

35

1

0

5

60

20

70

25

60

3

0

625

125

2

0

5

5

60

20

70

25

60

30

625

125

20

5

5

60

20

70

25

60

30

370

60

— —

— —

60

20

7

0

25

60

3

0

130

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

70

25

60

30

130

— —

— —

70

25

60

30

13

0

— —

— —

— —

7

0

2

5

60

30

B

 55

Page 162: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 162/192

s o

 

; . i

G

O T

F

IR3

75

O U K

120 

11. iBRTAR

81

L

X

U

J R T A R

H

V T   1 C C

A L

.5

0

H M 3

O A L

 

.30

L U G

RIF

LE

PO TO

J C O t f

fU T E R

  O F

1

5 1

5

15 15

15 15

12

 

12

1

10

1

0

1

0

6

6

1

1

L A X I K O M   R A K Q E

CRED IT  

30

  O

O N

75

M l

 

Q U

H

  t l

IC O V

IHO

t l

15

1

5

15

1

2

10

1

0

6

.5

I

T O 1

A G O

R 2 3 3 R

  H E

A P O N

S

15

1

5

15

12

10

10

6

.5

C 3 Y D

S

10

00 

Y D S

100

0

Y D S

1

20

U

O R T A R

81

U O

R T A R

A

15

1

5

15

12

10

10

6

15

15

1

15

15

15

1

2

12

10

 

10

10 

10

15

15

15

12

10

 

ST A T I

O NA RY

 

1400

0  YD 3

 

130

00

YD S

n

n

6000

Y D

S

3

000

Y D

3

a

06

S C

O T I

07

— —

07

— —

— —

072

o c

06

s c

o

n

07

07

09

1

O

C

— —

— —

O

C

OS

7

O C

0

6

S C

on

07

o y

09T

o c

— —

——

o c

0?7

O C

06

S C

o

n

07

07

091

o c

O C

o sy

H

om r

uva

o c

0

6

S C

o

n

07

07

091

o e

5

S

I

S8

S

O

C

06

S C

O

il

0

7

07

09T

O C

£

S I

S

i

S

8S

O C

06

S C

on

0 7

07

09T

O C

O

T

O C

02

T

O Zi

O

C

06

S C

O

il

07

07

091

O C

0

1

O C

021

O Zi

i

l H

O SSSH

O O V *

( E H i I > f l d

P ? O C ff

lM Od

IV

li

IV

00 

IV

i

n*

J H O

T 7

O S I H O J T  

IT

I

VIJ O i

l T T

IVH 

C P I

c _

o  

o n

IVI

J O S

O K

ffM

IH

IV

IJ 3T J IH

o o

 

:

us

2H

U

15

6

Page 163: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 163/192

A P P E N D I X VI

T H E C H E M I C A L C A S U A L T Y C O M P U T E R

1.

A

simple

chemical casualty computer (fig. 28),

applicable

to both

United States and aggressor

forces,

for

use by

unit

umpires in computing

the

losses due

to

chemical

warfare,

is

described in

the

following

paragraphs.

2. The computer consists

of four

discs (figs. 22-

27). Disc "A"

(fig.

22) has

three

agents

represented.

Phpsgene

and

"G" agents have three

weather

con

ditions

indicated:

Lapse,

Neutral,

and

Inversion.

Mustard shows three concentrations:

Vapor

or light

(odor—no droplets), Medium (odor—tiny droplets),

and

Heavy (odor—large

droplets

or

puddles).

Disc

"B" (fig. 24) shows wind speeds for use with

CG

and

"G"

agents only.

This disc also

shows

the tem

perature

conditions

for

use with mustard only: Hot

and

humid (90°

and

over,

80 percent humidity),

Warm

(65°-85°),

Cool (65° and

below).

Disc

"C"

(fig.

25)

lists

the

type of terrain

for

use in

computing

CG and "G" agents and also shows

vegetation

condi

tions

for

use with mustard. Disc"D" (fig. 26) shows

five conditions

of

personnel readiness for use with

CG and

"G"

agents,

four

conditions

for

use

with

mustard gas,

and

a large

arrow

that points

to

the

percent

of casualties

that

can be expected from CG

Page 164: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 164/192

and

G

agents

shown

on

Disc A (fig. 22).

To

correctly orient b

oth sides of

Disc A , aline  the

r

eference

line

through Casu

alties CO, 'G' Age

nts,

figure

26,

with

the

tick mark 

shown

in

figure

27.

3.

The

comput

er is used as

follows:

CG

and

G

agents: The arrow

on Disc B

(fig. 24)

near

wind

s

peed is set topoin

t at the

type

of

weather

condition

p

revailing. 

The arrow on the

D

isc C

(fig.

25)

near terrain

is set to point at

the 

speed

of

the

wind blowing

as 

shown

on

Disc 

B

(fig. 24). One of the five

arrows

on

Disc

D (fig

.

26)

showing the stat

e of

re

adiness of the p

ersonnel

is set

to

point

to the type of ter

rain show

n on

Disc

C (fig. 25).  T

he percent of

 

casualties

th

at

shoul

d

be

assessed is 

shown by the

large

arrow

 

po

inting to

Disc

A

(fig.

22).

Mustard: The

arrow

on

Disc B (fig.

24)

near

 

temperatu

re

conditions

is

set to

point at the type

concentra

tion

of

mustard shown

on

Disc

(fig.

22)

. The arrow

 on Disc

(fig. 25)

is set to point

toward

  the temperature

conditions shown

  on

Disc

 

B

(fig.

24). One of

the

three

arrows

on

Disc

(fi

g.

26) is

set to poin

t at the type

 vegetation in the 

gassed

area as show

n on Disc

C (fig.

2

5). The

percent

of

c

asualties

that

should

be asse

ssed is shown

on

the

rear of Disc  D (fig.

26) through an ope

ning

on the r

ear of Disc

A (fig. 23).

4.

The

chemical

casualty

computer

is

not

a

stand

ard item of issue

a

nd

must be

procured locally.

 58

Page 165: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 165/192

 

E

 

F

if

fit

rc

 

i

sc

 

A

 

Jr

v

nt

).

159

Page 166: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 166/192

M

US

T

AR

D

 

C

AS

U

AL

T

Y

T

AB

L

E

C

HE

M

IC

AL

 

C

AS

U

AL

TY

 

C

O

MP

U

TE

R

 

NO

TE

:

P

ER

SO

NN

EL

  D

EC

ON

TA

MI

NA

TIO

WI

LL 

CA

US

TH

E C

AS

UA

LT

Y

R

AT

E

TO

 

BE

  RE

DU

CE

D

B

Y

TH

E

FA

CT

OR

GIV

EN

  B

EL

OW

9

0

I

  D

E

CO

NT

AM

IN

AT

ION

 I

S A

CC

OM

PL

IS

HE

W

IT

HIN

 I

OM

IN

 

5

IF

 

DE

CO

NT

AM

IN

AT

ION

 

IS

 A

CC

O

MP

L IS

HE

D

WIT

HI

N

20

MI

N./

 

.25

 

IF

  D

EC

ON

TA

MI

NA

TIO

N

 

IS A

CC

OM

PL

IS

HE

WIT

HI

45

MI

N/

(

TIM

E

 

SH

OU

LD

 

BE

  M

EA

SU

RE

D

F

RO

M

T

HE

 

TIME 

OF

 

ENTERING 

THE CONTAMINATED 

A

RE

A)

N

OT

E

:

C

RO

SS

 

H

AT

C

HE

D

 

P

OR

TI

ON

  T

O

  B

E

 

C

UT

  O

UT

1

60

Page 167: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 167/192

N

OT

C

RO

SS 

H

AT

CHE

D P

ORT

IO

N

TO

  BE

  C

UT 

OUT

355

734

 O

—55—

——

11

 

Page 168: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 168/192

NOTE

CROSS

HATCHED PORT I ON TO BE CUT OUT

£ . 3 .

Oi.w

"C".

162

Page 169: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 169/192

CASUALTIES 

in

D

 

63

Page 170: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 170/192

Page 171: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 171/192

Page 172: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 172/192

MUST

ARD

C

ASUA

LTY T

ABLE

CH

EMICA

L

CAS

UALT

Y C

OMPU

TER

 

N

OTE: PER

SONNE

L DEC

ONTAMI

NATION 

WILL

  CAU

SE THE

 

CAS

UALTY

,

R

ATE

TO

E RED

UCED

Y

T

HE

FACT

ORS GIVE

N BE

LOW

9

0

IF DE

CONTAM

INATIO

N  IS ACCO

MPLISHE

D WIT

HIN 1

MI

N

50 IF

DEC

ONTAMIN

ATION IS

 

A

CCOMP

LISHED

WIT

HIN O

MIN

\25

 

IF

DEC

ONTAMI

NATION

  IS ACCOM

PLISHE

D WIT

HIN  45

MI

N

 TIME

 

S

HOULD

E ME

ASURED

 

FR

OM  T

HE

TIME

OF

ENTERING

THE CONTAMINATED

AREA

)

1

66

Page 173: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 173/192

A P P E N D I

X

VI

I

P R E P A R

I N G AND U S I N G T H E

  A

TOMIC

W E A P O

N S

E

FFECTS O V E R

L A Y S

1

 

The

  At

omic Weapons Effects

Overlay is de

signed

for

the 

use

of

unit

umpires upon

whom

will

fa

ll 

the burden

of assessing pers

onnel casualties an

d

eq

uipment damage.

T

he real

ism with 

which

th

e

atomic wea

pons are played

and the successful

inte

gration of atom

ic weapons into the man

euver will

depend to a large extent

upon

the manner

 

in

 which

 

the

unit 

umpires 

perform

their

duties.

The

follow 

in

g

guidin

g principles shou

ld be

used

in designing

the effects overlays :

The informati

on contained

in

 the effects

over

lays will be

unclassified.

Z >

The effects

overl

ays

must

 provide the

 

si

mplest

possible

method

for

assessing

damage

to

personnel

an

d

equipment.

2.

Ba

sed 

upon

t

he

p

hilosophy of

  paragraph 1

above,

  the effects overlay

s must have th

e

follo

w

ing chara

cteristics:

No

 refere

nces

to yiel

d, damage criteria,

height

of

burst,

or

other

classified

information,

or

which,

eve

n though

unc

lassified,

may

be used

 t

o

deduce in

 

for

mation of a classified

n

ature,

will

appear

 

on the

effects overlays.

167

Page 174: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 174/192

Instruction

s

to the unit

umpire

for determi

na 

tion of

casualties must include

percentage

s

which he

can appl

y to the unit u

nder his

cont

rol.

3.

As

far

as

the

assessment

of

casualties

or 

dam

age

by

the

 

u

nit ump

ire is

concer

ned, there are

only

two possibl

e situatio

ns:

Noncontam

inating

Burst—

Denned for

the

 pur

poses

of 

atomi

c

p

lay in mane

uvers as

an

atom

ic

burst

which

does result

in

any

militarily

 significant

residual

nuclear

radiation 

contamination of

the

gro

und.

A

s

ample effects

 

overla

y for a noncon-

ta

minating

burst

is s

hown in

figure

30.

& . Contamin

ating Burst—Define

d for the purposes

of atomic play

in maneuve

rs

as an atom

ic burst whic

h

results i

n militarily signific

ant

residual

radiation

contamination

of 

the

gro

und. A sample

effects

overlay

for

a

contaminating

burst is shown

in

figure

31.

4 .

Examinat

ion of figures

30 and 31 sho

w that

informati

on containe

d on the eff

ects overlays

 

is

limited

to the followin

g:

Map

reference.

&

.

E

ffects circles

(and indicated

center).

Brief

but

 complete inst

ructions to unit

ump

ires

on

 method of assessing

damage.

Table of percent

 immedia

te

damag

e to

person

nel

and equipment.

Table of 

residual

nuclear

radiation

dose

rate

levels

 (only in the 

case

of

 a contaminati

ng burst).

/. Table

of perce

nt  residual nuclear  radia

tion

casua

lties (only

in the

case of a con

taminating bu

rst).

5 . The information

c

ontained in

th

e

tables

are

168

Page 175: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 175/192

merely examples

of wh

at might

b

e done; the

actual

man

euver situ

ation will  dictate the

detail and

extent

of

these

t

ables. Fo

r

exampl

e, in

th

e t

able

of

Percent Immediate

Damage to Personnel and

Equipm

ent, it might be desirable

to specify addi

tional tro

op

si

tuations or

catego

ries

of equipment;

in

the

table of

Radiation

D os

e

Rate Levels,

it

might

be desirable to

 give the dose

rates at

tim

es other than

those liste

d;

and

 in

th

e table

of Percent Residual

Radiation

Casualties,

it

might

be

desirable

to

use

other

times

of entry and o

ther times

of

stay.

The

comp

osition of

these

tables

ca

n

be varied at t

he dis

cretion of the Special W

eapons Subsection 

at

U

m

pi

re Hea

dquarters,

prio

r to

the

start of the

maneuver.

However, it

should

be

 pointed ou

t that t

he

effec

ts

overlay should

not be over-com

plicated nee

dlessly,

otherwise un

it umpires, u

ntrained in atomic

 weapons

effects,

may ha

ve difficulty in applying

 it.

6. The 

dam

age c

riteria used in

the

preparati

on

of

th

e effe

cts overlay

can

be

varied also to suit the needs

of

the

ma

neuver. For immediate

casualties,

an

all

effects

criteria

based

upon

thermal

energy

a

lone

was used

; for

residual

radiati

on casualties,

a

criteria

of

  evacuation

on

the

  first

day

was

  used.

For

damag

e to equipment,

a criteria of

not combat

usable afte

r

org

anizational maintenanc

e was use

d.

It

mi

ght

be desira

ble to specify dam

age

criteria

which

emphasize the immediate

destructive

effects

of

the

atomic weapon.

7. It s

hould be noted th

at on

the

effec

ts overlay

for a

contaminatin

g

burst, the radiation

 do

se

rat

e

lev

els

are

given for the

same zone

s

th

at specify im-

169

Page 176: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 176/192

med

iate

cas

ualti

es.

This

 

avo

ids

the

 us

e of 

sepa

rate

 

e

ffect

s

circl

es fo

r im

med

iate cas

ualt

ies and

  re

sidu

al 

e

ffect

s, th

ereb

y si

mpli

fying

 the

 use

  of th

e

averl

ay.

8 .

The 

steps

in 

the

preparation

of the 

effects

over

lay

 by th

e S

pec

ial W

eapo

ns 

S

ubsec

tion

 

at

U

mpi

re

Hea

dqua

rters

 

ar

e

a

s

fol

lows

:

Pri

or

to the s

tart

of th

e

mane

uver

, t

he Sp

ecial

 

Wea

pons

 Su

bsect

ion sh

ould d

eterm

ine

 

th

e foll

owin

g

in

form

atio

n:

(1)

Type

of

personnel

situations 

to

be

used

on 

the

ov

erla

y  (i. e.

, tro

ops 

in ope

n, t

roop

s in

 

foxh

oles,  tro

ops i

n

woo

ds,  etc.

).

(2

) C

atego

ries

 

o

f eq

uipm

ent to

 be

 

u

sed

on 

th

ov

erla

(i. e.,

 ligh

t e

quip

men

t, heav

y e

quip

 

me

nt,

b

ridg

es,

etc.).

(3

)

For

 conta

min

ating

 bu

rsts

only

:

Time

s of

 meas

ured

  ra

diati

on d

ose 

rat

e

le

vels.

Tim

es of e

ntry

.

Tim

es of st

ay.

(

4)

Spec

ific

da

mag

e crit

eria to b

e ap

plie

d in

t

he 

a

ssess

ment

  o

f cas

ualti

es

to

pers

onne

an

dam

age

t

eq

uipm

ent.

 

•  5

) Num

ber

 and

size

 

o

f ef

fects

 c

ircle

s to

 

be us

ed

on

 the

effe

cts 

ove

rlay

6.

The

Spe

cial W

eapo

ns

Sub

secti

on shou

ld the

n

c

alcul

ate t

wo or thr

ee r

epre

senta

tive

 y

ields

 

a

vaila

ble

to 

both

 

s

ides,

  th

e

fol

lowin

g da

ta f

or

o

ne

o

r tw

o

heights

of 

burst

considered

appropriate:

(

1)

Perce

ntag

es

to be us

ed

in 

the a

ssess

ment

 of

casu

alties

 to pe

rsonn

el 

(both

 im

med

iate and

 

resi

dual

  w

hen

  a

  con

tam

inati

ng bu

rst i

s

used)

 

a

nd 

dam

age t

o eq

uipm

ent.

 7

 

Page 177: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 177/192

(2)  Ke

sidual

radiat

ion

dose rat

e leve

ls (only

 in

case

 of a con

tamina

ting b

urst).

W

ith the

inf

ormat

ion

f

rom

an

d abo

ve, a

 set

of weapons

effects 

overlays should

be

prepared

for

the se

lected

 r

eprese

ntativ

e yiel

ds,

h

eights

 o

f bu

rst,

and w

eather

 

cond

itions. 

The n

umber

 of differ

ent

over

lays 

sh

ould b

e hel

d to

a

m

inimu

m an

d

each 

shou

ld be g

iven

a cod

e numbe

r. Thes

e sets

of

over

la

ys

sh

ould 

be

 prepa

red and

 di

stribu

ted to a

ll the

unit

umpir

es p

rior to the

star

t of the

man

euver

.

F

ollow

ing decisio

n of

 app

ropria

te 

head

quar

ter

s to 

empl

oy an

atomic

  w

eapon

,

the

U

mpire

 

Head

quarte

rs w

ill b

e fu

rnishe

d the

follow

ing

inform

ation

:

(1 )  Yield

.

(2 ) D

esired

 

gr

ound

zero.

(3)

Desired

height

of

burst.

(4) Tim

e

of

b

urst.

(5

)

D

eliver

y m

eans.

Th

e Spe

cial W

eapons

 

S

ubsec

tion

of Um

pire

Headq

uarte

rs wi

ll adjus

t

th

e des

ired

ground

  zero

a

nd

desire

d

he

ight

of

burst

in

accord

ance with th

e

CEP 

of the

delivery

means,

to obtain 

an

actual

groun

d zero

and a

ctual

he

ight of burs

t.

/. 

U

mpire

  Head

quarte

rs  deter

mines

 

whic

h of

their

prepa

red ove

rlays

most

closely

 meets

 

th

e

con

dition

s (yi

eld, ac

tual

heigh

t of b

urst, etc.

) a

nd

in

forms the

 unit

 umpir

e (s)

co

ncerne

d

of

 

t

he

code

 

n

um

ber

of

the

overlay to

use,

actual ground 

zero,

and

time

of bur

st.  In

  issui

ng in

structi

ons

to

ump

ires,

the

 max

imum

 

u

se

of radio

o

r

telep

hone 

co

mmuni

ca 

tion

 

sho

uld be

 mad

e; thus 

un

usual ar

eas o

f terr

ain

of  spec

ial

consid

eratio

n  ca

n be

  descri

bed by

 

co

ordina

tes.

Page 178: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 178/192

9.

If sufficient tim

e before the  inten

ded burst

is

available and if

 

none of the

prepared

 

e

ffects over

lays

can

 

be

alte

red

b

y radio or

telephone message

to

 fit the co

nditions of the

intended burs

t

sufficient

ly

well,

it

might

be

desirable

to

prepare

an

effects

over

lay

(fig.

32) to

meet

the exact conditions of the

pre

dicated cl

imatological 

conditions and

of 

ter

rain,

repro

duce it, and send

it

to the

umpires

of

the

af

fe

cted area only.

5. Indicated

 

in

figure 3

are

several shaded a

reas

depicting shielding

as

a

result

of

gross

terrain

fea

tures. Se

veral

h

igh hills have

afforded shieldin

g

t

o

a

certain extent

in areas E, F a

rid G. It ha

s

been

 

indicat

ed

in the

tables

that

immed

iately behind the

 

hills the

re has

been

alm

ost complete shielding

whereas a

t

a

greater

distance,

 

wh

ere

the

effects

of

shielding are 

less,

the

percent

damage

to

personnel

and equipmen

t

ris

es.

It 

is

neither

 

necessary

nor

d

esirable 

that the

assessment

 of atomic casualties

 

be

carried out to the

last dec

imal

place.

The

realism

desir

ed will

b

e intro

d

uced

i

nto the

atomic play by pr

oducing situations

which agree

qualitatively 

in

production

of casualties

and damage to

 equipment

with those to be

expected

after

an

actual

atomic  bu

rst. The qu

antitative

effects need

only

be

gross

approximations;

in fact,

in

 view of the lar

ge number of variables

involved in

 

the calculat

ions and the unce

rtainties a

s

to their

 

actual

values, such

approximation

s are 

jus

t as valid.

The

personnel of th

e Special

 

Weapons Sub

section

must

b

ear th

is

thoug

ht

in

 min

d in

produ

cing th

e

effects 

overlay.

172

Page 179: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 179/192

P S R

O R T

 

B

M E D

I A T I

D  

J U Q E   T O

F   R

S O H H

I L

H D

 

nan

roon

ow 

1 0

Page 180: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 180/192

Page 181: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 181/192

IN

STRUCTIONS T

O UMPIRE

1. D o not

assess dam

age

u

ntil atomic burst

Is si

mulated

or

Barked.

2. A

ssess damag

e

agalnat unit

baaed upo

n

plotted

positions of unita

 

eleaenta.

3. umpires

nuat not In

dicate

the amount

of

conta

mination in

 

the area

unless

que

stioned by

t

ha Radiologic

al Dafena

e Monitors  poaaeasin

g

the

proper

aurve

y

inotrumo

nts.

G R O U N D

O O N T A M

H U T I C W

H U O L E A R R A D I A T

I O N D O

S E R A T E L E V E L S

Roente ens

/

h

our)

B OO R S AFTER

BOB3T

0 5

1

 

3

4

 

ZONES

1

6

26

1 1 2 5

5

 

———

 

B

  4

1 0 0 0

4 5 0

2 7 0

2

7

3

1 3 5

 

6

D

2 4

1 0 0

4 5

2 7

2

———

 

—————

  >

8

2 5

85

25

8

PEROEO

RE3IZ01L

  S T J O L E 1 H RlDDlTIO

N 013D1LTIE3

T I H

E Of

BS T

RT

HDOR3

i F TBB

BURS

T

f

l MB  OF

  3 T A I

HOU R S

 

i

B

0

D

1

1

1

1

0

 

1

1 0 C

1 0

C

5

5

1

1

1 C

5 5

 

1

1

1

1

 

0

 

3

1 D

O

1 0 0

3 0

 

5

1

I C O

5 5

0

 

75

0

 

0

3

1

7 5

 

0

5

1

1

}

 

Aa

acsa

no oaau

altiea for times of

atay

le

aa than those

given to table.

AboTe

flfi

urfla ar« for

troops dism

ounted) for

troop8 in armored

  vehi 

clea

enter  table

with

one

half aotual

tlae 

of stay,

e.g.

i

a

tank

enters Zone

  A , thr

ee houra after

the  burst and

 

remain

a for two

hours,

75 percent  of

  the

orew

arc

 ca

sualties.

Figure

  C

ontinued 

175

Page 182: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 182/192

Page 183: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 183/192

IN

  X

Ad

ministr

ative

section

:

Umpire

  group

 h

eadqua

rters. _____

___

12/,

13, 4, 11

4

4,

ap

p.

II

Aeria

l fire ro.arker

_

______

_______

______

  34d, 44/

 

31

,44

Aggr

essor:

C

adre__

______

______

______

_______

56 

5

Co

ntrolle

d-_____

______

______

______

  66

7

E

mploym

ent. ____

___--_-

--_____

___

60

  5

,6

Free__

-_____

______

__-____

-_____

___ 6

c

8

Gen

eral.___

______

______

______

_____

G o

6

Order of b

attle__

_____--

-_____

______

  5a

5

Pur

pose__

______

_______

______

___.__

  5 <

z

5

Repre

sentatio

n-____

_---_-_

_____

___ 5,6

,8

5,6,10

The maneuver

enemy____ ___________

2,

5a

3,5

A ir

 

act

ion:

Inf

ormatio

n tra

nsmitte

d_____

___ 52

6(1), (2)

50,

53

M

arking str

ikes...

... ____

__  34

e,

5

26 1)

31,52

A

ir u

mpire._

_____

_____.

_--...__

______

 

12d

, 5

2 1

3,50

A

irborn

e um

pires

. . ..

 

17

,38,47

 

20

,34,48

Aircra

ft

loss

es,

gro

und

fire__

--_-

-

_-_-__-

 

77

95

Am

bulances:

Cap

ture__

______

___._-

-.--_-._

-___ 666 2

)

77

Dama

ge _

____._

__-_.-

------_

-__-_.

 

746

87

I

dentifi

cation

.....____

______

_______

 

30

25

A

mmun

ition:

Blank

______

._-___

-_.____

___

366 4

),

6

66(3)

33,7

7

Safety

 

preca

utions, ___

_---- 366

 4), ap

p. IV

33,14

4

A

nnoun

cement

, ump

ire.__

.--__-_

-_-_ 3

1c, 386,

27,

35,36

Antiaircraft

unit

umpires_-__--__-_------

38,46 

34,47

Arm

ored cav

alry

unit u

mpires ______

_____

18  2

0

Arm

ored

unit u

mpires:

As

signme

nts,

__-_

--___-

__---_-

.-_-_ 

16

20

Dutie

s .

.

38-40

34

355734

O —55

———12

 

177

Page 184: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 184/192

Army

 um

pire

.----

-----

------

-----

--_-

-

12c

1

3

Artill

ery c

ontro

l

fo

rms

_

55

 

55

A

rtille

ry fire

 

mark

ers.

fir

e m

arke

r

t

eam.)

 

Arti

llery

fire p

owe

r. _--

.--__

____

-_-_ 

44e 70

6

44,82

Artil

lery

unit um

pires

:

As

sign

men

ts

15a 

18

Dec

ision

s-.

___--

-_-__

__-_

-----

-_-_ 

32

28

Du

ties

—--

-----

-----

-----

-- 

38 4

2 43 

46 34

 41 4

7

A

ssign

ment

s

o

f

umpi

res._-

-___-

-_-_-

____

  13 

22

17 2

2

Airborne 

units...__ _. ___ __.

17,47 

20 48

Anti

aircra

ft

units

__.__

____

___-_

-_-_

46

47

A

rmo

red cava

lry uni

ts.__

__---

_-__

_

1

20

A

rmor

ed unit

S--__

___

___-

_-„--

--_-_

 

16

20

Artill

ery un

its _

 _

_

  _

 ___

15a 

18

F

ire

ma

rker team

s _

  __

.

20 

21

Infan

try un

its__

__-__

___-_

___-

--.--_

  1

5

18

M

iscella

neou

uni

ts---

-----

-----

---

21 

2

1

Serv

ice

unit

s

__

-____

-_--

_----_

--__

48

48

Spe

cial

op

eratio

ns-_

___-_

„_---

-_-__

_ 5

49

Staff

 u

mpir

es__

____.

_.--_

--__-

-.___

  49

49

Um

pire li

aison

 

te

ams

___-_

__--

-.--__

 

19

21

 

A

tomi

c ef

fects

ov

erlay

._-.

_.....

----.

  App

.

VI

167

At

omic 

play

-....-

--- 7c

31c

  34

0

45

d 5

6a,

9 2

7 31

 

46

  58 

85

Booby

traps:

Cred

it for

use_

___.

___--

-__--

_-__

_ 6

7

1

Safe

ty 

pr

ecau

tion

s

8 ap

p. IV

 

10 14

4

C

aptur

e:

In

stall

ation

s.. .

_

_ _

___

66a

77

M

ater

ial--

-----

.----

-----

-----

..-- 

66

5

77

Per

sonne

l-__

----__

_-_-

------

-_-__

_

65

7

5

Casualty 

assessments:

A

rtill

ery..

  . __

___

_.___

_ ._

  ._

 

71 

85

Ch

emic

al__

____

--_---

--_-.

 

45c 

4), 7

0e 21 4

6 82

E

ffect

 

o

f fire

  pow

er. _

__._

.._ 

6

7e

78

Gen

eral_

____

_-___

-_-__

_--_

_----_

__

67

 

78

H

andli

ng...

—-

___ —

-_- — 

__.

 

6

7d

68  

78

 79

Infan

try -_

__--

____

-__--

--___

_-_-

70

80

  78

Page 185: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 185/192

Ca

sualty

assess

ments—

Conti

nued 

Nu

mbers

ssesse

d ______

_____

67,

686, 70-

73 78,79,

 

80

Personn

el-____

______

______

______

__

68

7

9

Pu

rpose_

_--___

_-------

-____

-__-_--

  67,68

78,79

Reconnaissance

72 86

R

esult

of 

a

ir

act

.on-_--

-----_-

--____

  73,

86

,

52a

 2), 6

(1), (2)

5

0, 5

3

Tag

S---_-

--____

____-_

_-----_

-___ 68

a,69

79,8

0

Chain of

co

mmand

, umpires

._____

______

_

12

Ch

emical

casua

lty

c

ompu

ter .

..

 A pp.

V

I

157

Ch

emical

s, us

e...... _

______

______

______

6

4,

74,

70e, 74

e, 7

8e 82, 88,

 

9

C hief

air

umpire.-.-_..-.----------__-__

12d

13

C h

ief

arm

y

um

pire.._

.___-

--_..---

__.__

 

12c

1

3

Chi

ef n

avy um

pire __

_

 ...__

 .

12f

13

Chie

f of

staff

,

u

mpire

group

 head

quarter

s,_ 126

 

13

Comm

unicatio

ns:

Fre

e and

contro

lled ex

ercises

.__.._.

_ 8

1

103

 

Fire

mark

ing___

.._____

-.-___-

__._.__

 

85

 

105

Radio

nets.-__-„-

. . 

_ _  

_ _  

83 104

Relay

  cente

r,

u

mpire

._.

86 

106

Typ

es

use

d---_.-

--„--._

_-_-_

-_-_-. 80  

103

Wire n

ets.--.

-__.__

_.----_

_-_._

-„_ 8

8

10

8

C

ommun

ication

 c

enter, umpir

e.-.---

-_

_  

82 

103

C

ommu

nication

s s

ection,

umpi

re

group

hea

dquart

ers--.. ._...

__.___

_ 12j;

10,

app. II

16, 11, 11

4

Con

trol co

mmand

-

___.

.__.

_ _

_. -

-..-.__

-_ 10—12

 

Control,

infantry action 

_ _

31,

3

4o(l),

37,

38

27 ,

30, 3

2,

34

 

Contro

l plan.__

__.___

_____._

_._.__

..__.._

66(

3)

7

Cont

rol f

orms, 

a

rtillery

 

.__

___._.

_____.

_  55 

55

Dai

ly

re

port,

ump

ire ..._.. .

 

______

  12^,

54

13,55

Dam

age

ass

essmen

ts-

__

______

-__.. 6

7, 74, 75

, 77

7

8,

87, 89

,

95 

Damage tags,

vehicle.----.--

76 90

D

amages

 f

rom air acti

on,--_

--

-..____

__ 75

89

Dam

ages

to bridg

es, a

ir attac

k_-___

-_-_-- 

79a 

99

 

Decis

ions, umpi

re. _

_____-

_--___-

______

  32,336

28,29

  ..

. __

____ 66a

(l), 6(

2), 78a,

 /,

7

9

7

7,

95,

98,

99

179

Page 186: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 186/192

Del

ays

fr

om 

air attack__

.-_____-_

--___-_ 79d

101

Delays from

atomic bursts.

____

_________  7

9e

101

Delays

from chemical

agents. 

____-____.._

79/

101

D

epots, cap

ture._____

_________

________

66a 2) 77

Docume

nts__..__

-__-____-

_-_--------

--_ 86

10

D

uties, umpire_

_________

_________

____ 38

34

Em

ergency

measur

es,

um

pire

contro

l. 

__- 34

a, 36

30

,32

E

ngineer:

A

ssignment

 

of 

umpir

es________

______ 1

5a

18

Delays. ..

79a,

99,101

Exercise:

Aggressor

 force—c

ontrolled-

.

________

66, 81

7, 1

03

Aggresso

r

force

—free.___

_________

__

6c,

8

1 3,

103

Contr

ol-____-

-----------

-_-----_-_

 

66,

76 7, 9

Dir

ector- _________

_________

_______ 9

 

11

Em

ployment

of

Aggr

essor_-____

_____

6a

6

Objectives

________-

_-_--__ __

______

4

Exercise

director________________

6c 3),

4), 

8 9 11

Fire d

irection cente

r______

436 4), 6), 45,

55,  85

42,

43, 45

, 55,

105

Fire due

ls,____._-

-______-_

-_--__-_-_

„_ 62

  69

Fire  marke

r

teams:

Aerial

___...____

_____-_-_

__  20,

34d, 44a,

21,

31,

43,

44

Communic

ation.

_

__-__-____

_-__

45 80 8

5 45,

103,

105 

Co

ntrol___-

-__-___--

--_--------_

__

45a,

 

45

Groun

d..... . .

 ..

20,

446, 456,

c 4),

8) 21,

42, 45,

 

46

 

Mission

-__

______

-„______-

--_______

44a

43

Organization,

___-_-_-______..__..___ 

446,

43,44

Prov

isions for

__-______

_-_-_-_-_

66 1), 

c

 2)

7

8

Use of

pyr

otechnics

--- .------

----

44c,

43 44

Fire

p

ower:

Compute

r_______

-_--___-_.

------- Ap

p. V

148

Eff

ect of

maneu

ver._____

-_-_ 436 3), 566

, c 42 5

8 59

Sup

eriority

of fire.

________

_________

  566

58

180

Page 187: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 187/192

F

i

r

e

 p

o

w

e

 C

o

n

t

in

u

e

d

 

U

n

i

t

s_

_

_

_

,

 _

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

 

5

8

 

61

\V

e

a

p

o

n

s

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

-

-

_

_

._

_

_

.

.-

_

_

_

_

 

57

 

6

0

F

ir

e

 s

u

p

p

o

r

t

c

o

o

r

d

i

n

a

ti

o

n

 c

e

n

te

r

_

_

._

_

_

_

_

_

 

4

3

6

 3

)

 

4

2

F

la

g

s

,

u

m

p

ir

e

:

Disabled

 

v

e

h

ic

l

es

 

_

__

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

  3

4

6

,7

6

 

3

1

,9

0

E

m

e

r

g

e

n

c

y

,

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

_

_

 

3

4

o

 

l

),

 

2

3

0

,

3

1

F

ir

in

g

 

a

n

t

it

a

n

k

 

w

ea

p

o

n

s

.

 _

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

 

3

4

/,

 

6

2

c

 

3

1

,7

0

O

b

s

t

a

c

le

s

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

 

34

c

,

 

3

1

,9

6

V

e

h

ic

l

e

s,

 

i

d

en

t

i

fi

c

a

ti

o

n

_

_

_

 

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

2

8

c

 

2

5

G

a

s

o

li

n

e

c

ap

tu

r

e

.

 _

_

_

_

_

_

 

_

__

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

 

6

6

6

 3

)

 

7

7

Hand 

grenades, 

simulated______ 

_________ 

44rf 

43

H

o

s

p

it

a

ls

:

_

-

-

-_

_

_

_

 _

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

 

6

6

a

 l

)

 

77

_

_

-

_

_

-_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

-

_

 

3

0

a

 

2

5

I

d

e

n

t

if

i

c

at

i

o

n

, p

e

r

s

o

n

n

e

l

a

n

d

 

v

e

h

ic

l

e

s:

A

g

g

r

e

s

so

r

 

f

o

rc

e

s

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

_

_

 

2

7

6

2

8

2

9

6

 

2

4

,

2

5

E

x

e

r

c

is

e

 

d

ir

e

c

t

o

r

h

e

a

d

q

u

a

rt

e

r

s

2

7

/,

 2

8

d

,

2

9

a

 

2

4

,

 2

5

 

Medical 

installations 

_______________ 

30a 

25

N

e

u

t

r

a

l.

 

_

 

_

 

_

 

2

4

,2

5

U

m

p

i

re

 

__

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

2

7

d

,

2

9o

,

 

2

4

,

2

5

U

n

it

e

d

 

S

ta

t

e

s

 

f

o

rc

e

.

 _

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

_

 

2

7a

,

 2

8

a,

 

2

9

6

 

2

4

2

5

I

n

fa

n

tr

y

 

u

n

it

 

u

m

p

ir

e

s

:

A

n

n

o

u

n

c

e

m

en

ts

.

-.

 _

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

 

31

c

,

 

3

8

2

7

,3

5

A

ss

i

g

n

m

e

n

ts

_

-

_

_

-

-_

_

.

 _

_

-

-

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

-_

_

 

1

5  

1

8

C

o

n

t

r

o

l

 

.

 

..

 

3

1

,

3

6

 

2

7

,32

Decisio

n

s

.

__---

-

-

-_

_

-

_

_

-

_

-

_

-

-

_

-

.

--

 

3

2

 

2

8

D

u

t

ie

.

. _

_

_

_

-_

-

_

-

-

_

_

._

_

_

_

_

 _

-

-

-_

.

_

 

3

7

,

3

8

 

3

2

,

3

4

L

i

a

is

o

n

.

 _

_

_

_

.

_

._

--

_

_

--

_

_

-

_

_

_

._

-

.

._

 

3

3

 

3

0

I

n

s

ta

l

la

t

i

o

n

s

,

c

a

p

t

u

r

e

_

_

-

_

_

-

-

_

_

-.

_

 

_

__

_

_

_

_

 

6

6

a

 

77

I

n

t

e

ll

ig

e

n

c

e

:

A

r

t

il

le

r

y

_

_

-

_

_

_

_

-

_

_

-

_

_

-

-

_

--

_

_

_

_

-_

-

_

 

4

3

6

 

2

4

2

A

s

p

e

ct

s

_

_

_

. _

_

_

_

 

_

_

_

_

 

_

 _

 _

_

 

_

 

8

 

1

0

Assignment 

of 

umpires_-_--_-______ 

21o, 

6  

21

S

o

u

r

c

e

s

_

-

_

--

_

_

_

-

-_

_

--

-

-

-

--

_

_

-

_

_

-_

 

8

c

 

1

0

S

t

a

ff

 

u

m

p

ir

e

s

-_

_

_

-

_

_

_

_

-

_

_

_

_

-

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

 

4

9

 

4

9

U

m

p

i

r

e

 

g

ro

u

p

 h

e

a

d

q

u

a

r

te

r

s

 

s

e

ct

i

o

n

1

2 <

7

 

1

3

9

 

1

1

4

7  

a

p

p

.

 

I

I

 

Page 188: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 188/192

K

it

ch

e

n tr

uc

k

s:

C

a

p

t

ur

e

d

-.

--

-.

--

-

-.

-.

--

--

--

-

.-

.-

  6

66

 2

)

7

7

D

a

m

ag

ed

..

.-

__

_

-_

--

__

_

-_

_

__

-_

_

__

_

 

7

4f

t

87

Liaison 

team,  umpire:

A

s

si

gn

m

e

n

t..

.-

-_

--

-_

-

--

_-

--

--

-_

--

_

 

19

 

2

1

C

om

m

u

n

ic

at

io

n

-.-

...

-_

_

  8

1,

 

83

?,

  84

86

, 8

86

 

1

03

,1

0

4,

1

06

1

08

 

M

i

ss

io

n.

_-

_-

--

__

_

_-

-_

-_

_

__

_

__

 

2

1

6,

17

O

rg

a

ni

za

ti

on

. .

_

_-

_.

_

. _

__

__

_

__

__

__

_

2

A :

 

16

M

a

il

 tr

uc

k

s:

C

a

p

tu

re

d

.-

-

--

.-

--

--

--

-

--

--

.-

--

-

..

66

2)

 

77

D

am

a

g

ed

..

.

.-

-

--

--

-

--

--

----------. 

746

87

M

in

es

:

C

r

ed

it f

or

 

u

se

_

_-

__

_

__

--

_

__

_

-_

__

_

63

 

71

 

S

af

et

y

pr

e

ca

u

tio

n

s.

._

-._

_

._

  4

,

8

, 9,

  ap

p.

 

I

4

,

1

0,

  1

1,

44

M

is

sio

n

, u

m

p

ir

e

s.

..-

--

_

-.

__

-

..

._

_

--

...

_

 

3

3

N

i

gh

t

op

er

at

io

ns

:

G

e

n

e

ra

l

...

--

-

.-

.-

-.

--

--

-

--

.-

--

..

-.

 

51

 

49

S

ig

na

ls

._

_

__

_

„.

__

_

_-

._

_.

_,

__

_

__

._

.

3

4a

 

30

T

a

nk

 

a

ct

io

n

.

--

--

-.

--

-

--

--

--

-

--

.-

  4 0

r,

 

40

,4

1

N

o

nc

o

m

m

iss

io

ne

d

 

of

fic

er

s, u

m

pi

re

__

__

__

_

 

22

 

2

2

O

b

se

rv

e

rs,

 a

rti

lle

ry

_

__

__

-

__

_-

-_

_

__

__

._

_

_

4

5c

 l)

 

4

5

O

b

st

ac

le

s:

C

er

ti

fic

at

o

f o

bs

ta

c

le

._

__

_

-_

_

._

_.

_

 

78

rf

 

9

6

M

ar

ki

ng

 s

im

u

la

te

o

bs

ta

cles.....

34 r,

78

6-d

31,96

P

u

rp

o

s

e

_-

-

--

--

--

-

--

--

--

-

--

--

--

--

 

7

8o

 

9 5

S

im

u

la

te

d

 o

bs

ta

c

le

.-

--

--

-

--

--

--

--

 

78

6

,

c

9

6

O

p

er

at

io

ns

  a

nd

 

tr

ain

i

ng

 

s

ec

tio

n

,

um

p

ir

e

gr

ou

p

 

he

ad

q

ua

rt

er

s.

._

__

_

__

__

_

 

12

A,

 

8,

 

a

p

p.

I

13

, 1

0,

  1

4

O

r

de

r o

f

b

at

tle

,

a

g

gr

es

s

or

_.

__

-

__

._

._

_

-_

.

5

5

O

r

ga

ni

za

ti

on

 

fo

r

co

nt

ro

l_

._

__

__

_

__

__

_

__

__

 

10

 

11

P

a

tro

ls

, u

m

pires.....-.-------.--------- 

216 4 ) 

21

Pr

is

on

er

of

 w

ar

:

A

ss

e

ss

m

e

nt

s

.--

-

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

-.

65

  i

7

6

C

a

pt

u

re

-

--

--

--

-

--

..

.-

--

--

--

_

--

-.

..

 

6

5 a

 

75

E

x

ch

a

ng

e

...

 

__

__

__

_

__

__

__

_

__

__

  2

16

 5

),

 

65

c

21

,7

6

G

u

a

rd

i

n

g-

-

--

--

--

.-

--

.-

-

--

-.

--

..

--

 

6

56

 

7

6

182

Page 189: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 189/192

Pri

soner

s

of war—

Con

tinue

d

Veh

icle

opera

tors.

____

_____

_____

___

666(1

)

77

W

eapo

ns

and equ

ipmen

t-___

____

____

65e

7

6

Pyro

techn

ics._

_ 34o,

366(4

), 73

a; 1 , ap

p.

IV 3

0,

31

,

32, 8

63, 44

Radio:

Armo

red

unit u

mpire

s.___

_____

____

396

39

Net

s, um

pire

s.____

____

____

_____

___

83 

1

04

R

adio

pro

cedur

e._-_

__--_

____

____

_-

87

10

7

T

ypes

used_

_____

_-___

____

_____

 

80, 83

, 89a

  10

3,

104,

110

R

ation

truc

ks:

Captured_-_______-_______________ 

666 (2) 

77

Da

mage

d. _ _

____

_-_--

-____

____

_.__

746

 

87

Rea

lism:

Aggre

ssor.

____

__--_

-_.__

_____

___.

_

5a, 7

5 , 9

Impo

rtan

ce

.. 

.

.

.......

. 5a

,

7

5,9

Um

pire c

ontro

l.-_-_

____

__„__

____

__

76

 

9

Reco

nnais

sance

 um

pire:

Ass

ignm

ent.

 

.. 1

4,15

18

Duties . . . .. . .

.. 3

8,39

,41  3

4,39,

41

R

efer

ence

s-.__

_.__

..--_-

-._.-

-..-_

.__ Ap

p. I

12

R

epla

ceme

nt s

ystem

.____

_____

_____

_____

680

79

Rep

orts:

Da

ily,

um

pire.

„____

____

____

____

-_ 5

55

Proc

essing

____

-. _

-_--._

____

____

_-_-

12A  

13

T

roop

 locat

ion.,

--.-.-

- _ _ _ _

 ___

____

53

55

Safety 

precautions.

_

_ _

 

App.

IV

44

Scho

ol, u

mpir

e._-_

__--

.--_-

-----_

-_._

- 1

2ft;

13,

2

5, 26,

 5 0 < i ,

app.

 II, app

.

Ill

  2

2, 23,

4

9, 10

,

1

14, 1

41

Sele

ction

 

of

ump

ires..

_---_

---_.

.-...._

_--

13

1 7

Self

-prope

lled gun

s.

t

anks.

)

Service:

Supp

ort, u

mpi

res.

 

..

17

t

 

m

pire

s__

.. ._.

  .. .

 

._.___

  1

5 1

8,20,

1

6 , 21a,

38,

48 2

1, 34,

 48

 

8

Page 190: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 190/192

S

ignals, umpire:

Air

landings or

drops._

__-_____.__--

35

 

31

Emerge

ncy..-_---_-_--_-__-

____-__

34 a

30

Other____________

_______________

31

Smoke:

Effect___-________

________-______- 64b

74

Use.

  . . 3 4 a ,

35, 44/, 6 4

a,

6,

31,

44,

74 , 

75

Soni

c

equipment:

C

apture-____________

_____________ 6 6 6 (

1)

77

Fire marker teams---_--__

____--___

446

, c 43

Special

operations._____-_-__._-..-______

50

49

Staff umpires:

Ass

ignment--______

_

___-.__„_______

15-18

18

Duties .

. 38,48 3

4,48

Ge

neral .._. _

. 436,49

 

42

,49

Supply

and

tr

ansportation sec

tion, umpire

group

head

quarters___-_______

_-_..---_ 12i

16

S

upply

installations,

 

capture

and dam

age. . .

6 6 a(2)

77

T

anks and

se

lf-propelled guns:

Capture_

-________--__----..-

--____ 6 6

6 (1) 77

Effects of

ground

w

eapons against

.___ 6la

6 8

Effect on 

fire

pow

er----_-._---_---

60, 70d 68,82

Fire duels

. .

. 39c,

62 3

9,69

Fire

power._________

______________

56

58

Loss

assessment______-

736,

74a,

75,

76

86,

87,

88, 89,

90

Moveme

nts__________-____

___--__- 39,40 39,40

Night attacks__

_-__-____-___-____

__ 40c 40

Training:

Aggress

or

f

orce.

___---_-_

---_-_-_

6a, 6(3) 6,7

Um

pires 24-26,

app.

Ill

 

22,141

Transportation____________----.-

89,

9a,

app.

II

110,

11,

114

Troop location reports-_

-_-_-_---_-_-_--

53 55

Umpire

group hea

dquarters-__---____

__-

12

13

Umpire

plannin

g guide.

App.

II

114

Ump

ire training prog

ram.._-____-_-__

Ap

p.

Ill

14 1

184

Page 191: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 191/192

Umpires:

Administration.

___________

12/,

13, ap

p.

II

13

,17,114

Airborne

 division_

____--______-_____

17 20

Armored

 

division_______--_--_

______

1

6 20

Armored

 

cavalry

regiment__-

_-__-._-_ 1

8 20

Assignments. a

ssignments of

um

pires.)

CBR

teams______-_-_.._

_---_-_____ 21e 22

Chain of command

.________________

1 1

12

Chief..--.-

..--.--..

—--

----------

12a 13

Duties.

appropriate branch.)

Infantry

division-_-_--____-

_-______ 1 5

15

Liaison

team..,__-_--__-_-__._-___

life

12

Miscellan

eous

u

nitS-_______---___-

-_  21

21

Mission. 

_.

_._..__ __

_______________

3 3

Reporting

 to units.______

__________ 23 22

Selection..._________

______________ 13 17

Vehicles:

Captured

.-._-----__ — — —

.

— — 666 7

7

Damaged

---.-..---._-------

----

74-76

  87

Identificat

ion...._.-.-..........

...

28

25

Wea

ther..________.___-

__-_-_-_____--.

32d 30

Wire net, umpire_______

______________ 88

10 8

[AG353 (15 Jun55)]

185

Page 192: Maneuver Control 1955

8/17/2019 Maneuver Control 1955

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/maneuver-control-1955 192/192

 

O

RD

E

O

TH

E

 

SE

C

RE

T

AR

Y

  O

F

T

H

A

R

M

:

M

A

X

W

E

LL

 

I

 .

T

A

T

LO

R

,

 

O

F

F

IC

IA

L

JO

H

N

 

A

.

K

L

E

IN

,